0% found this document useful (0 votes)
245 views122 pages

Math Formula Sheet AIEEE PDF

The document discusses key concepts related to quadratic equations and expressions. It defines quadratic expressions and equations, discusses the nature and location of roots, and provides formulas for sums and products of roots. Properties covered include conjugate roots, real/imaginary roots depending on the discriminant, and roots under particular cases when coefficients are equal to zero. Symmetric functions of roots and conditions for common roots between two equations are also summarized. Formulas are given for maximum/minimum values of quadratic expressions and for cubic and biquadratic equations.

Uploaded by

Gaurav Regmi
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
245 views122 pages

Math Formula Sheet AIEEE PDF

The document discusses key concepts related to quadratic equations and expressions. It defines quadratic expressions and equations, discusses the nature and location of roots, and provides formulas for sums and products of roots. Properties covered include conjugate roots, real/imaginary roots depending on the discriminant, and roots under particular cases when coefficients are equal to zero. Symmetric functions of roots and conditions for common roots between two equations are also summarized. Formulas are given for maximum/minimum values of quadratic expressions and for cubic and biquadratic equations.

Uploaded by

Gaurav Regmi
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.

PSC/
QUADRATIC EQUATION & EXPRESSION
4. Conjugate roots :
1. Quadratic expression :
Irrational roots and complex roots occur in conjugate pairs
A polynomial of degree two of the form ax​2 ​+ bx + c, a ​≠ ​0 is
i.e.
called a quadratic expression in x.
if one root ​α ​+ i​β​, then other root ​α ​ i​β
if one root ​α ​+ ​β ​, then other root ​α ​ β
​ ​2. Quadratic equation :
An equation ax​2 ​+ bx + c = 0, a ​≠ ​0, a, b, c ​∈ ​R has two and only two roots, given by
5. Sum of roots :
− ​b ​+ ​b ​2 −
​ ​
α ​= ​ 4
ac ​ and ​β ​= ​− ​b ​− ​b ​2 −
​ ​
2 a​ 4
ac ​
2
−​b​ = ​−​Coefficient of x ​
a​S = ​α ​+ ​β ​= ​ a​ Coefficient of x​2
3. Nature of roots :
Product of roots :
Nature of the roots of the given equation depends upon the nature of its discriminant D i.e. b​2 ​​ 4ac.
c​ = ​cons ​
P = ​αβ ​= ​ a ​ tan
t term ​
Coefficient of x
2
Suppose a, b, c ​∈ ​R, a ​≠ ​0 then
(i) If D > 0 ​⇒ ​roots are real and distinct (unequal)
6. .ormation of an equation with given roots : (ii) If D = 0 ​⇒ ​roots are real and equal (Coincident)
x​2 ​​ Sx + P = 0 (iii) If D < 0 ​⇒ ​roots are imaginary and unequal i.e.
non real complex numbers.
⇒ ​x2​ ​​ (Sum of roots) x + Product of roots = 0
Suppose a, b, c ​∈ ​Q a ​≠ ​0 then
(i) If D > 0 and D is a perfect square ​⇒ ​roots are rational
& unequal
7. Roots under particular cases :
.or the equation ax​2 ​+ bx + c = 0, a ​≠ 0 ​
(ii) If D > 0 and D is not a perfect square ​⇒ ​roots are
irrational and unequal.
(i) If b = 0 ​⇒ ​roots are of equal magnitude but of opposite
sign.
.or a quadratic equation their will exist exactly 2 roots real
(ii) If c = 0 ​⇒ ​one root is zero and other is ​b/a
or imaginary. If the equation ax​2 ​+ bx + c = 0 is satisfied for
(iii) If b = c = 0 ​⇒ ​both roots are zero more than 2 distinct values of x, then it will be an identity & will be
satisfied by all x. Also in this case a = b = c = 0.
(iv) If a = c ​⇒ ​roots are reciprocal to each other.
PAGE # 1 PAGE # 2 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/
https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/ ,​ 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
(v) If a > 0, c < 0 or a < 0, c > 0 ​⇒ ​roots are of opposite
(vi) ​α4​ ​+ ​β4​ ​= (​α2​ ​+ ​β2​​ )​2 ​​ 2​α2​​ β​2
signs
(vi) If a > 0, b > 0, c > 0 or a < 0, b < 0, c < 0 ​⇒ ​both
roots are ​ve
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
b​
={(​α ​+ ​β​)2​ ​​2​αβ​}2​ ​​ 2​α2​​ β​2 ​= ​ a
ac

(vii) If a > 0, b < 0 , c > 0 or a < 0, b > 0, c < 0 ​⇒ ​both


roots are +ve.
8. Symmetric function of the roots :
If roots of quadratic equation ax​2 ​+ bx + c, a ≠ ​ ​0 are ​α ​and ​β​, then
b​
(i) (​α ​ ​β​) = ​( ​α + β ​) 2​ ​− ​4 ​αβ ​= ± ​ a
ac

.​G ​H​ 2

− ​2 2​

IJ ​
K​ ​ ​2 c​ a ​ (vii) ​α​ ​ ​β​ =(​α​ + ​β​ ) (​α​ ​ ​β​ ) = −​ ​b ​( b​ ​ − ​2 ac ​) b​ ​
2​
2​
2​
4​ 4​ 2​ 2​ 2​ 2​ 2​ 2

− ​4

ac ​ b​
a ​4 ​(viii) ​α2​ ​+ ​αβ ​+ ​β2​ ​= (​α ​+ ​β​)2​ ​​ ​αβ ​= ​ 2

ac ​
a ​22 ​−
α​ + ​ β​= ​α ​ β ​
4 (ix)
​ ​ β​ α​ 2​
+ ​ 2 ​αβ

= (​ ​α + β ​) ​ − ​2
2​

αβ αβ
b​
(ii) ​α2​ ​+ ​β2​ ​= (​α ​+ ​β​)2​ ​​ 2​αβ ​= ​ 2

2​−
ac ​
a

.G ​ IJ
2​(x) ​ H​α​β​
IJ​ α ​
K​ + .G
​ ​ H​α​ K​ = ​ α β
2​ β​ 2​

− ​b b ​2
(iii) ​α2​ ​​ ​β2​ ​= (​α ​+ ​β​) ​( ​α + β ​) 2​ ​− ​4 ​αβ =
​ ​
−​
a​2
ac

+​
4​ 4

[( b ​ − ​2 ac ) ​ −
22​ =​ 2​ 2​

2a​ c
2​

]​
2​ a ​2 ​c ​2 ​4
9. Condition for common roots :
− ​b ​ b ​2
(iv) ​α3​ ​+ ​β3​ ​= (​α ​+ ​β​)3​ ​​ 3(​α ​+ ​β​) ​αβ ​= ​ (​
−​
a
3
3​

ac

) ​The equations a​1 x​​ 2 ​+ b​1 x​ + c​1 = 2​


​ 0 and a​2​x​ + b​2​x + c​2 =
​ 0

have
(v) ​α3​ ​​ ​β3​ ​= (​α ​ ​β​) [​α2​​ + ​β2​ ​​ ​αβ​]
bc bc ​
(i) One common root if ​ ca ca
= ​( ​α + β ​) 2​ ​− ​4 ​αβ ​[​α2​​ + ​β2​ ​​ ​αβ​]
( b ac ) b ​
=​ a
ac

ca ​ ca
​ ​ab ​
−​− = −​


a​
ab ​(ii) Both roots common if ​ 1​a​2 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1
= ​b​1​ = ​c​1​
b​2 ​ c​2
1221
1221
2​ − ​2
− ​4 ​3
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
E D U C A T I O N S​

PAGE # 3
E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510 PAGE # 4

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
10. Maximum and Minimum value of quadratic expression :

LM​ .G ​
In a quadratic expression ax​2 ​+ bx + c = a ​ M N​ H​x ​+ ​2 b​​ a
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/

IJ ​
D​(v) If both the roots lies in the interval (k​1​, k​2​) ​ K​ 2

−​
4
−​b​ < k​
a 2​ ​D ​≥ ​0, a.f(k​1​) > 0, a.f(k​2​) > 0, k​1 ​< ​ a2 ​ 2
(vi) If k​1​, k​2 ​lies between the roots
a.f(k​1​) < 0, a.f(k​2​) < 0
(vii) ​λ ​will be the repeated root of f(x) = 0 if
f(​λ​) = 0 and f'(​λ​) = 0
12. .or cubic equation ax​3 ​+ bx​2 ​+ cx + d = 0 :
−​b​ , ​αβ ​+ ​βγ ​+ ​γα ​= ​c​ and ​αβγ ​= ​−​d​
We have ​α ​+ ​β ​+ ​γ ​= ​ a ​ a​ a
where ​α​, ​β​, ​γ ​are its roots.
13. .or biquadratic equation ax​4 ​+ bx​3 ​+ cx​2 ​+ dx + e = 0 :
b​ , ​αβγ ​+ ​βγδ ​+ ​γδα ​+ ​γδβ ​= ​−​d​
We have ​α ​+ ​β ​+ ​γ ​+ ​δ ​= ​ ​ a ​ a

OP​
c​ and ​αβγδ ​= ​e​
αβ ​+ ​αγ ​+ ​αδ ​+ ​βγ ​+ ​βδ ​+ ​γδ ​= ​ a ​ a​ P Q​,
Where D = b​2 ​​ 4ac
(i) If a > 0, quadratic expression has minimum value
4

​ ​b​2 ​4
ac −

​ b​and there is no maximum value.


a​at x = ​a2 −​
(ii) If a < 0, quadratic expression has maximum value
4

​ ​b​2 ​4
ac −

​ b​and there is no minimum value.


a​at x = ​a2 −​
11. Location of roots :
Let f(x) = ax​2 ​+ bx + c, a ​≠ ​0 then w.r.to f(x) = 0
(i) If k lies between the roots then a.f(k) < 0
(necessary & sufficient)
(ii) If between k​1 & ​ k​2 their
​ is exactly one root of k​1​, k​2
themselves are not roots
f(k​1​) . f(k​2​) < 0 (necessary & sufficient) (iii) If both the roots are less than a number k
−​b​< k (necessary & sufficient)
D ​≥ ​0, a.f(k) > 0, ​a2 ​
(iv) If both the roots are greater than k
−​b​> k (necessary & sufficient)
D ​≥ ​0, a.f(k) > 0, ​a2 ​
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
E D U C A T I O N S​

PAGE # 5
E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510 PAGE # 6

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
COMPLEX NUMBER
* z ​ ​z =
​ 2i I​m​(z) = purely imaginary * z ​z =
​ |z|​
2

1. Complex Number :

* ​z ​1 +
​ ​z ​2 +
​ ​.... ​+ ​z​n =
​ ​z ​1 +
​ ​z ​2 + ​ ​n A
​ .......... + z ​ number of the form z = x + iy (x, y ​∈ ​R, i = −​
​ 1 )​ is called a
complex number, where x is called a real part i.e. x = Re(z)

* ​z ​1 −
​ ​z ​2 =
​ ​z ​1 ​​ ​z ​2 and
​ y is called an imaginary part i.e. y = Im(z).

* ​z ​1 z​ ​ ​z ​1 ​z ​2 Modulus
​ 2= ​ |z| = ​x 2​ ​+ y​ 2​ ​,
y​ .
amplitude or amp(z) = arg(z) = ​θ ​= tan​​1 ​ x ​
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/

.G ​ IJ ​ .G ​ IJ ​
*​ H​zz​​1​
2​ K​= ​ H​zz​​1​
2​ K​(provided z​ ≠ ​0)
2​

(i) Polar representation :

*​ e ​z​ j ​= ( ​z )​​
n​ n

x = r cos​θ​, y = r sin​θ​, r = |z| = ​x 2​ ​+

y 2​ ​* ​z​ c h =​ z ​(ii) Exponential form :


z = re​i​θ ​, ​where r = |z|, ​θ ​= amp.(z)
(iii) Vector representation :

* If ​α ​= f(z), then ​α ​= f( ​z )​
Where ​α ​= f(z) is a function in a complex variable with real coefficients.

P(x, y) then its vector representation is z = ​OP​
* z + ​z ​= 0 or z = ​z ​⇒ ​z = 0 or z is purely imaginary
* z = ​z ​⇒ ​z is purely real
2. Integral Power of lota :
i = ​−​1 ,​ i​2 ​= ​1, i​3 ​= ​i , i​4 ​= 1
4. Modulus of a complex number :
Magnitude of a complex number z is denoted as |z| and is Hence i​4n+1 ​= i, i​4n+2 ​= ​1, i​4n+3 ​= ​i, i​4n ​or i​4(n+1) ​= 1
defined as
3. Complex conjugate of z :
|z| = ​(Re( z )) 2​ ​+ ​(Im( z )) 2​ ​, |z| ​≥ ​0

If z = x + iy, then ​z =
​ x ​ iy is called complex conjugate
(i) z​z ​= |z|​2 ​= | ​z |​​ 2 ​of z

* ​z is
​ the mirror image of z in the real axis.
z​
(ii) z​​1 ​= ​ z| |​2 ​* |z| = | ​z |​

* z + ​z ​= 2Re(z) = purely real


(iii) |z​1 ​± z​2​|​2 ​= |z​1​|​2 ​+ |z​2​|​2 ​± 2 Re (z​1 ​z​2​)
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 7 PAGE # 8 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
(iv) |z​1 ​+ z​2​|​2 ​+ |z​1 ​​ z​2​|​2 ​= 2 [|z​1​|​2 ​+ |z​2​|​2​] 6. (v) |z​1 ​± z​2​| ​≤ ​|z​1​| + |z​2​| (vi) |z​1 ​± z​2​| ​≥ ​|z​1​| ​ |z​2​|
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
Square root of a complex no.

LM​ OP​
a ​+ ​ib ​
=±​
M N​| z | ​+ ​a 2 ​+ ​i |​ z 2 | ​− ​a ​ P Q​, for b > 0
5. Argument of a complex number :
Argument of a complex number z is the ​∠ ​made by its radius vector with +ve direction of real axis.

LM​ OP​
=±​ M N​| z | ​+ ​a 2 ​− ​i |​ z 2 | ​− ​a ​ P Q​, for b < 0
arg z = ​θ ​, z ​∈ ​1st​ ​quad.
= ​π ​ ​θ ​, z ​∈ ​2nd
​ ​quad.
7. De-Moiver's Theorem :
It states that if n is rational number, then = ​θ ​, z ​∈ ​3rd ​ ​quad.
(cos​θ ​+ isin​θ​)n​ ​= cos​θ ​+ isin n​θ ​= ​θ ​ π​ ​, z ​∈ ​4th​ ​quad.
and (cos​θ ​+ isin​θ​)​n​ ​= cos n​θ ​ i sin n​θ ​(i) arg (any real + ve no.) = 0
(ii) arg (any real ​ ve no.) = ​π
8. Euler's formulae as z = re​i​θ​, where (iii) arg (z ​ z ​ ​) = ± ​π​/2
e​ = cos​θ ​+ isin​θ ​and e​ = cos​θ ​ i sin​θ
i​θ ​ ​i​θ ​

(iv) arg (z​1​.z​2​) = arg z​1 +​ arg z​2 +​ 2 k π ​


.G ​
∴ ​ei​​ θ ​+ e​​i​θ ​= 2cos​θ ​and e​i​θ ​​ e​​i​θ ​= 2 isin​θ ​(v) arg ​ H​zz​​ 1​
2​ 9. n​th ​roots of complex number z​1/n ​= r​1/n ​
cos 2

IJ ​
m​ i sin 2 m​
n​ n​ K​= arg z​ ​ arg z​ + 2 k ​π
1​ 2​

.G ​ IJ ​
(vi) arg ( ​z )​ = ​arg z = arg ​ H​1​z​ K​, if z is non real
= arg z, if z is real (vii) arg (​ z) = arg z + ​π, ​arg z ​∈ ​(​ ​π ​, 0]
= arg z ​ ​π​, arg z ​∈ ​(0, ​π ​] (viii) arg (z​n​) = n arg z + 2 k​π

(ix) arg z + arg ​z =


​ 0
argument function behaves like log function.

LM ​ IJ ​ .G ​ IJ ​ OP ​ ,
N.G ​H​π + θ ​ K​+ ​ H​π +​ ​θ ​ K​ Q​
where m = 0, 1, 2, ......(n ​ 1)
(i) Sum of all roots of z​1/n ​is always equal to zero
(ii) Product of all roots of z​1/n ​= (​1)​n​1 ​z
10. Cube root of unity :
cube roots of unity are 1, ​ω​, ​ω2​ ​where
− ​1 ​+ ​ i 3
ω ​= ​ 2​
and 1 + ​ω ​+ ​ω2​ ​= 0, ​ω3​ ​= 1
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 9 PAGE # 10 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
11. Some important result :
If z = cos​θ ​+ isin​θ
1​ = 2cos​θ
(i) z + ​ z ​
1​ = 2 isin​θ
(ii) z ​ ​ z ​
1​ = 2cosn​θ
(iii) z​n + ​ z​n ​
(iv) If x = cos​α ​+ isin​α ​, y = cos ​β ​+ i sin ​β ​& z = cos​γ ​+ isin​γ
and given x + y + z = 0, then
1​ + ​1​ + ​1​ = 0 (b) yz + zx + xy = 0
(a) ​ x ​ y ​ z ​
(c) x​2 ​+ y​2 ​+ z​2 ​= 0 (d) x​3 ​+ y​3 ​+ z​3 ​= 3xyz
12. Equation of Circle :
* |z ​ radius z​1​r.
| = r represents a circle with centre z​1 and ​
* |z| = r represents circle with centre at origin.
* |z ​ exterior z​1​| < r and of circle |z |z ​ ​ z​1​z| ​1​| > = r represents interior and
r.

* z ​z + ​ ​a​z + b = 0 represents a general circle


​ a​z +
where a ​∈ ​c and b ​∈ ​R. * Let |z| = r be the given circle, then equation of

tangent at the point z​1 ​is z ​z 1​ ​+ ​z z​​ 1 ​= 2r​2 ​* diametric form of circle :
zz​
arg ​ zz
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
z​ z
or ​ −​

1​z ​−
z
z​ z​
2 ​+ ​ −​ 1​z ​−
z
2 ​= 0
z ​ z ​ + ​z ​
or ​ − ​ 1 ​2 ​ 2

= ​| z ​ −
1​

z​ |​
2​ 2​or |z ​ z​1​|​2 ​+ |z ​ z​2​|​2 ​= |z​1 ​​ z​2​|​2 ​Where point on z​1​, circle.
z​2 are
​ end points of diameter and z is any
13. Some important points :
(i) Distance formula PQ = |z​2 ​​ z​1​| (ii) Section formula
mz ​ mz
.or internal division = ​ 1 2 ​+​

​ ​
2 1 ​m 1
+
m
2
MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK MATHS FORMULA - P
mz ​ mz
.or external division = ​ m ​−​


m
(iii) Equation of straight line.
* Parametric form z = tz​1 + ​ (1 ​ t)z​2 where
​ t ​∈ ​R
* Non parametric form
1221
12

z z z z z z 1​1 2 1 ​1​2 ​1
= 0.
* Three points z​1​, z​2​, z​3 are
​ collinear if
z 1​ ​z
IJ ​
1 ​1​ .G ​H​−​ − ​ z ​ z ​ 1​
2​ 2​ 3​ K​= ± ​2 π​​ ,
z

2​
1​z
3

1=​ 0
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883,
or slope of AB = slope of BC = slope of AC.​PAGE # 11 PAGE # 12 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

2405510

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
(xii) If triangle z​1​, z​2​, is zequilateral
3 ​be the vertices of a triangle, then the

z​ z
iff (z​1 ​​ z​2​)​2 ​+ (z​2 ​​ z​3​)​2 ​+ (z​3 ​​ z​1​)​2 ​= 0. (xiii) If right z​1​, angled z​2​, z​3 ​are the at z​2​, (iv) The complex equation ​ −​

1​z ​−
z
2 vertices
​ of an isosceles triangle,

then z​1​2 ​+ z​2​= k represents a circle if k ​≠ ​1 and a straight line if k = 1.


(v) The triangle whose vertices are the points represented by complex numbers z​1​, z​2​, z​3 ​is equilateral if

+ z​3​2 ​= 2z​2 ​(z​1 ​+ z​3​).


2​

z ​ − ​z ​ + ​1
1 ​ 2​ 3​

z ​ − ​z ​
3​ 1 ​(xiv) z​1​, z​2​, z​3​. z​4 ​are vertices of a parallelogram then
+ ​1
z​1​+ z​3 =
​ z​2 +
​ z​4 ​

z ​ − ​z ​ = 0
1​ 2​

i.e. if z​1​2 ​+ z​2​2 ​+ z​3​2 ​= z​1​z​2 ​+ z​2​z​3 ​+ z​1​z​3​. (vi) |z ​ z​1​| = |z ​ z​2​| = ​λ ​, represents an ellipse if
|z​1 ​​ z​2​| < ​λ ​, having the points z​1 and ​ z​2 as
​ its foci and if |z​1 ​​ z​2​| = ​λ ​, then z lies on a line segment connecting
z​1 &
​ z​ 2​ (vii) |z ​ z​ 1​ | ~ |z ​ z​ 2​ | = ​
λ ​
r epresents a hyperbola if
|z​1 ​​ z​2​| > ​λ ​, having the points z​1 and ​ z​2 as
​ its foci, and if |z​1 ​​ z​2​| = ​λ ​, then z lies on the line passing through
z​1 and
​ z​ 2​ excluding the points between z​1 & ​ z​2​. (viii) If four points z​1​, z​2​, z​3​, z​4 are
​ concyclic,

then ​ .G ​H​z z​ ​−​z ​− z​


IJ ​
K.G ​H​z ​z ​−z​ ​− z​
IJ ​
K​is purely real.
(ix) If three complex numbers are in A.P., then they lie on
a straight line in the complex plane.
(x) If and z​1​, z​0 z​​ 2​, be z​3 the
​ be the vertices circumcentre,
of an equilateral triangle then z​1​1 2 1 4
2​
+ z​22​ ​+ z​32​ ​= 3z​02​​ . (xi)
​ ​ ​3 4 3 2
If polygon z​1​, z​3​, of z​3 n
....... sides z& ​n ​be the vertices of a z​0 ​be its centroid, then
regular
z​1​2 ​+ z​22​ ​+ ......... + z​n2​ ​= nz​02​​ .
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 13 PAGE # 14 ​E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
PERMUTATION & COMBINATION
1. .actorial notation -
The continuous product of first n natural numbers is called factorial i.e. ​n o
​ r n! = 1. 2. 3........(n ​ 1).n n! =
n(n ​ 1)! = n(n ​ 1)(n ​ 2)! & so on
n!
or n (n ​ 1)......... (n ​ r + 1) = ​
( n ​− ​r)! ​Here 0! = 1 and (​n)! = meaningless.
2. .undamental principle of counting -
(i) Addition rule : If there are two operations such that they can be done independently in m and n ways
respectively, then either (any one) of these two operations can be done by (m + n) ways. Addition ​⇒ ​OR
(or) Option (ii) Multiplication rule : Let there are two tasks of an operation and if these two tasks can be
performed in m and n different number of ways respectively, then the two tasks together can be done in m
× n ways. Multiplication ​⇒ ​And (or) Condition (iii) Bijection Rule : Number of favourable cases
= Total number of cases
​ Unfavourable number of cases.
3. Permutations (Arrangement of objects) -
(i) The number of permutations of n different things taken
n!
r at a time is n​​ p​r ​= ​
( n ​− ​r)! ​(ii) The number of permutations of n dissimilar things taken
all at a time is n​​ p​n =
​ n! (iii) The number of permutations of n distinct objects taken r at a time, when
repetition of objects is allowed is n​r​.
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
(iv) If out of n objects, 'a' are alike of one kind, 'b' are alike of second kind and 'c' are alike of third kind
and the rest distinct, then the number of ways of permuting
n
the n objects is ​
!​
a ! b ! c!
4. Restricted Permutations -
(i) The number of permutations of n dissimilar things taken r at a time, when m particular things always
occupy definite places = n​​ m​p​r​m (ii)
​ The number of permutations of n different things taken r at a time, when
m particular things are always to be excluded (included)
= n​​ m​P​r (​​ n​m​C​r​m ×
​ r!)
5. Circular Permutations -
When clockwise & anticlockwise orders are treated as different. (i) The number of circular permutations of
n different things
taken r at a time
n
P​
r​ r ​(ii) The number of circular permutations of n different things
taken altogether
n
P​ = (n ​ 1)! ​
n​ n​ When clockwise & anticlockwise orders are treated as same. (i) The number of circular
permutations of n different things
taken r at a time
P​
n ​ r​r2

(ii) The number of circular permutations of n different things


taken all together
P​ = ​1​ (n ​ 1)!
n ​ n​n2 ​ 2​
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 15 PAGE # 16 ​E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
6. Combination (selection of objects) -
The number of combinations of n different things taken r at a time is denoted by n​​ C​r or
​ C (n, r)
n
C​ ​ ​r ​
n​ r =

nr
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
(iv) Total number of selections of zero or more objects
from n identical objects is n + 1.
(v) Total number of selections of zero or more objects
=
! !( ​− ​)! ​
P​
n​ r​r!
out of n different objects
= n​​ C​0 ​+ n​​ C​1 ​+ n​​ C​2 ​+ n​​ C​3 ​+ ....... + n​​ C​n ​= 2​n
(i) n​​ C​r =​ ​ C​n​r (ii)
n​
​ ​ C​r +
n​
​ ​ C​r​1 =
n​
​ ​
n+1​
C​r ​(iii) n​​ C​r = ​ ​ C​s ⇒
n​
​ ​r = s or r + s = n
(vi) The total number of selections of at least one out of
aone ​1 + ​ kind), a​2 alike ​ (of + n​th ​a...... ​2 kind) ​ are + alike is
a​n ​objects (of second where kind), a​1 ​are ......... alike (of a​n ​are
(iv) n​​ C​0 = ​ ​ C​n =
n​
​ 1 (v) ​ C​1 =
n​
​ ​ C​n​1 =
n​
​ n
[(a​1 + 1) (a​ + 1) (a​ + 1) + ...... + (a​n + ​ 1)] ​ 1 (vii) The number of selections taking atleast one out of (vi) ​ C​r
n​
​ 2​ 3​
n​
=​ r

n​1​
C​r​1
aalike ​1 ........
​ + a(of ​2 +
​ one a​3 a​ ​ n are
​ alike + kind), ....... (of a+ ​2 k​​ th ​are a​n kind)
​ + alike k objects (of and k
when second akind), ​1 ​are
1​ (n ​ r + 1) ​n​
are distinct is (vii) n​​ C​r ​= ​ r ​ C​r​1
​ 1)] 2​ ​ 1
k​
[(a​1 +
​ 1) (a​2 +
​ 1) (a​3 + ​ 1) .......... (a​n +
9. Division and distribution - 7. Restricted combinations -
(i) The number of ways in which (m + n + p) different The number of combinations of n distinct objects
taken r at
objects can be divided into there groups containing m, a time, when k particular objects are always to be
(i) included is n​​ k​C​r​k ​(ii) excluded is n​​ k​C​r
(​
n, & p different objects respectively is ​ ! ! !
)!

(iii) included and s particular things are to be excluded is


n​k​s​
C​r​k
8. Total number of combinations in different cases -
(i) The number of selections of n identical objects, taken
at least one = n (ii) The number of selections from n different objects, taken
at least one
= n​​ C​1 ​+ n​​ C​2 ​+ n​​ C​3 ​+ ....... + n​​ C​n ​= 2​n ​​ 1 (iii) The number of selections of r objects out of n iden-
tical objects is 1.
m ​+ ​n ​+
pmnp
(ii) The total number of ways in which n different objects are to ............. be divided into n​r respectively ​ r
groups such that of group size of sizes no two n​1​, groups n​2​, n​3​,
n
is same is ​
! n ​1 !​ n ​2 !............
​ n​r
! ​.
(iii) The total number of ways in which n different objects
are to be divided group k​r ​groups size have n​1​, kgroup 2​ ​into groups groups have size n​r​, is such group
given that size as
k​1 ​ngroups 2​ ​have and so on,
n
k​ k
! ( n ​1 !)​ ​ 1 ​( n ​2 !)
​ ​
2 ​.............( n ​r

!) k​
r

k ​1 ​! k ​2
!............ k ​r
.
!​
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 17 PAGE # 18 ​E D U C A T I O N S​
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
(iv) The total number of ways in which n different objects are divided into k groups of fixed group size and
are distributed among k persons (one group to each) is given as (number of ways of group formation) × k!
10. Selection of light objects and multinomial theorem -
(i) The coefficient of x​n ​in the expansion of (1 ​ x​​r​) is
equal to n​ + r ​ 1​C​r ​ 1 (ii)
​ The number of solution of the equation x​1 +
​ x​2 + ​ n, n ​∈ ​N under the
​ .......... + x​r =

​ ​x​2 ≤
condition n​1 ​≤ ​x​1 ​≤ ​n'​1,​ n​2 ≤ ​ ​n'​2 ,​ ................ n​r ≤
​ ​x​r ≤
​ ​n'​r where
​ all x'​i​s are integers is given as Coefficient of

L​
x​n ​is ​ NM ​e x​ ​ n​
1​ + ​x n​ ​1 ​+ ​1 +

​... + n​
​ ​x ​ ' ​1 ​ je x​ ​ + ​x ​
n​
2​
n​
2 ​+
1​
​ + ​... + n​
j ​ e x​ ​
​ ​x ​ ' ​2 ​ ... ​
n​
r​ + ​x n​ ​r ​+ 1​ ​+ ​... + n​
​ ​x ​ ' ​r ​j
O​
QP
11. Derangement Theorem -
(i) If n things are arranged in a row, then the number of ways in which they can be rearranged so that no
one of them occupies the place assigned to it is
1 1​
= n! ​ 1
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
(b) Number of total triangles formed by joining the n
points on a plane of which m(< n) are collinear is

C​3 ​​ ​ C​3​. (c) Number of diagonals in a polygon of n sides is


m​
n​

C​2 ​​ n. (d) If m parallel lines in a plane are intersected by a family of other n parallel lines. Then total
n​

number of parallelogram so formed is m​​ C​2 ​× n​​ C​2​. (e) Given n points on the circumference of a circle, then
number of straight lines n​​ C​2 number
​ of triangles ​n​C​3 number
​ of quadrilaterals n​​ C​4 (f)
​ If n straight lines are
drawn in the plane such that no two lines are parallel and no three lines are concurrent. Then the number
of part into which these lines divide the plane is = 1 + ​Σ​n (g) Number of rectangles of any size in a square
of n × n
∑ ​n ​r
is ​
3

and number of squares of any size is ​∑ ​n r​


2

LM ​
.​
r1​=​r1​=​ N​− ​! ​+ ​2!
1​− ​3!
.... ​ ( ​ )​
1​+ ​4! 1​
​ −​ + ​ − ​1 ​ n
OP ​
1​
n​ !​ Q​(ii) If n things are arranged at n places then the number of
(h) Number of rectangles of any size in a rectangle of
np​ (n + 1) (p + 1) and number of squares
n × p is ​ 4 ​
ways to rearrange exactly r things at right places is

∑​n​(n + 1 ​ r) (p + 1 ​ r).​
of any size is ​ =​
n! ​
r​ LM ​N​1 ​− ​1
1​
! ​+ ​2

1! ​− ​3
.... ​ ( ​ )​
1! ​+ ​4 1!
​ ​+ ​ + ​ − ​1 ​ n −​ ​r
1​
( n ​− r​
)!

OP ​
r​=​1 ​PAGE # 19 PAGE # 20 ​ Q​12. Some Important results -
(a) Number of total different straight lines formed by joining the n points on a plane of which m(<n) are
collinear is ​n​C​2 ​​ m​​ C​2 ​+ 1.
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
PROBABILITY
1. Mathematical definition of probability :
Probability of an event
No of favourable ​ cases ​
=​ Total no of ​ cases
to event A

https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
(vi) P(AB) ​≤ ​P(A) P(B) ​≤ ​P(A + B) ​≤ ​P(A) + P(B)
(vii) P(Exactly one event) = P(A ​B ​) + P( ​A B ​ )

(viii) P( ​A +
​ ​B )​ = 1 ​ P(AB) = P(A) + P(B) ​ 2P(AB)
.
= P(A + B) ​ P(AB) ​.

(ix) P(neither A nor B) = P ( ​A B )​ = 1 ​ P(A + B) Note : (i) 0 ​≤ ​P (A) ​≤ ​1


(x) When a coin is tossed n times or n coins are tossed (ii) Probability of an impossible event is zero (iii)
Probability of a sure event is one.
1​ . ​
once, the probability of each simple event is ​ 2​n ​ (iv) P(A) + P(Not A) = 1 i.e. P(A) + P( ​A ​) = 1
(xi) When a dice is rolled n times or n dice are rolled once,
2. Odds for an event :
1​ . ​ m​ and P( ​A ​) = ​n ​−
the probability of each simple event is ​6​ n ​ If P(A) = ​ n ​
m​
n​(xii) When n cards are drawn (1 ​≤ ​n ​≤ ​52) from well shuffled deck of 52 cards, the probability of each
P(A
simple event Then odds in favour of A = ​
)​ = ​ m​
P ( A) ​ n ​ −
1
m ​is ​

52​
C​n .​
P(A
and odds in against of A = ​
)​ = ​n ​ −
P(A) ​ m​
m​
(xiii) If n cards are drawn one after the other with replace-
1​ . ​
ment, the probability of each simple event is ​52( ​ )​n ​ 3. Set theoretical notation of probability and some
impor-
tant results :
(xiv) P(none) = 1 ​ P (atleast one)

(i) P(A + B) = 1 ​ P( ​A B )​
(xv) Playing cards :
P​ AB
(a) Total cards : 52 (26 red, 26 black) (ii) P(A/B) = ​ P ( ( ​
B
)
)
(b) .our suits : Heart, diamond, spade, club (13 cards
each)
(iii) P(A + B) = P(AB) + P( ​A ​B) + P(A ​B ​)
(c) Court (face) cards : 12 (4 kings, 4 queens, 4
(iv) A ​⊂ ​B ​⇒ ​P(A) ​≤ ​P(B)
jacks)

(v) P( ​AB )​ = P(B) ​ P(AB)


(d) Honour cards : 16 (4 Aces, 4 kings, 4 queens, 4
Jacks)
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 21 PAGE # 22 ​E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
(xvi) Probability regarding n letters and their envelopes :
5. Conditional probability :
If n letters corresponding to n envelopes are placed in
P(A/B) = Probability of occurrence of A, given that B has
the envelopes at random, then
(a) Probability that all the letters are in right enve-
PA​
already happened = ​ PB
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
B

1​
lopes = ​n! ​ (b) Probability that all letters are not in right enve-
1​
lopes = 1 ​ ​n! ​ (c) Probability that no letters are in right envelope
1​​ ​ 1​+ ​ 1​.... + (​1)​n ​ 1​
= ​2! ​ 3! ​ 4! ​ n! ​ (d) Probability that exactly r letters are in right
envelopes = ​r!
1​ ∩ ​
( ​ ) ( )​P(B/A) = Probability of occurrence of B, given that A has
P​ A​ ∩
already happened = ​ ( P ​ ( A ​
B
)​
)
Note : If the outcomes of the experiment are equally
No ​ of sample pts ​
likely, then P(A/B) = ​ .​ .
in A ​
No . of pts .
inB
B
∩​

.
(i) If A and B are independent event, then P(A/B) = P(A)
and P(B/A) = P(B) (ii) Multiplication Theorem :

LM ​
P(A ​∩ ​B) = P(A/B). P(B), P(B) ​≠ ​0 ​ N​2 1!​ −​ ​3
+​ + ​..... ​+ ​( ​− ​ ) ​−​n r
1! ​ 4 1!
​ ​ 1​
1​
( n ​− ​r

OP ​
)! ​ Q​or P(A ​∩ ​B) = P(B/A) P(A), P(A) ​≠ ​0
Generalized :
4. Addition Theorem of Probability :
(i) When events are mutually exclusive
P(E​1 ​∩ ​E2​ ​∩ ​E3​ ​∩ ​............... ​∩ ​En​​ ) = P(E​1​) P(E​2​/E​1​) P(E​3​/E​1 ​∩ ​E​2​) P(E​4​/E​1 ∩
​ ​E​2 ​∩ ​E​3​) ......... If events are
independent, then i.e. n (A ​∩ ​B) = 0 ​⇒ ​P(A ​∩ ​B) = 0
P(E​1 ∩​ ​E​2 ∩
​ ​E​3 ∩
​ ​....... ​∩ ​E​n​) = P(E​1​) P(E​2​) ....... P(E​n​) ​∴ ​P(A ​∪ ​B) = P(A) + P(B) (ii) When events are not
mutually exclusive i.e.
6. Probability of at least one of the n Independent events :
P(A ​∩ ​B) ​≠ ​0
∴ ​P(A ​∪ ​B) = P(A) + P(B) ​ P(A ​∩ ​B) or P(A + B) = P(A) + P(B) ​ P(AB)
(iii) When events are independent i.e. P(A ​∩ ​B) = P(A) P (B)
If events P​1​, PA, ​2​, least one of ....... A​2​, these .... PA​n event ​ ​n are
​ then the is.
the probabilities probability of n independent of happening of at
1 ​ [(1 ​ P​1​) (1 ​ P​2​)......(1 ​ P​n​)]
∴ ​P(A + B) = P(A) + P(B) ​ P(A) P(B)
or P(A​1 ​+ A​2 ​+ ... + A​n​) = 1 ​ P (​A1​ ​) P (​A2​​ ) .... P( ​An​​ )
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 23 PAGE # 24 ​E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/ ​7. Total
Probability :
(a) mean E(x) = np
Let exhaustive A​1​, A​2​, ............. events and A​n event
​ are n mutually exclusive & set of A can occur through
any one
(b) E (x​2​) = npq + n​2 ​p​2 ​(c) Variance E(x​2​) ​ (E(x))​2 ​= npq of these events, then probability of occurence of A
P(A) = P(A ​∩ ​A​1​) + P(A ​∩ ​A​2​) + ............. + P(A ∩​ ​A​n​)
(d) Standard deviation = ​npq
10. Truth of the statement :
=
∑​n​ P(A​ ) P(A/A​ )
r​=​1 ​ r​ r​

(i) If two persons A and B speaks truth with the probabil- ity ment, p​1 ​& then p​2 ​respectively and if they
agree on a state- the probability that they are speaking truth
8. Baye's Rule :
will be given byLet events an sample A​1​, (i.e. A​2​, space AA​3 1 ​be ​∪ ​Aany S 2​ ​and ​∪ ​Athree 3​ ​B = is sample
any mutually other space exclusive event & Aon ​1 ∩ ​ ​sample & Aexhaustive
​ ​space = ​φ​)
2 ​∩ ​A3

ppp
​ ppp
then,
PB A PA
P(A​i​/B) = ​PB A PA ​
PB A PA PB A PA
+ ​( 1 ​− ​ ) ( 1 ​− ​ ) ​.
1212​ 1​ 2​

(ii) If A and B both assert that an event has occurred, probability of occurrence of which is ​α ​then the prob-
(/​)(​)
( / ​ i​ i​
,
1​ ) ( ​1 )​ ​+ ​( / ​2 )​ ( ​2 )​ ​+ ​( / ​3 )​ ( ​3 )​ ​
ability that event has occurred. Given that the probability of A & B speaking truth is p​1​, p​2​.
i = 1, 2, 3
α
pp​
α ​p p ​αp
​ p ​9. Probability distribution :

(i) If a ​with random


​ variable x assumes values ​probabilities P​1,​ P​2​, ..... P​n respectively
​ x​1​, xthen
, ......x​n ​(a) P​1 ​+ P​2 ​+ P​3 ​+ ..... + P​n ​= 1 (b) mean E(x) = ​Σ ​P​i​x​i ​(c) Variance = ​Σ​x2​​ P​i ​​ (mean)​2 ​= ​Σ ​(x​2​) ​ (E(x))​2 ​(ii)
2​
Binomial distribution : If an experiment is repeated n times, the successive trials being independent of one
another, then the probability of - r success is n​​ C​r P​ ​
r ​ n​r
q​
atleast r success is
∑ ​n​ n​
k ​=​r​ C​k ​P​k ​q​n​k

where p is probability of success in a single trial, q = 1 ​ p


+ ​( 1 ​− ​)( 1 ​− ​ )( 1 ​− ​ )
1212​ 1​ 2​

(iii) If in the second part the probability that their lies


(jhuth) coincides is ​β ​then from above case required probability will be
+ ​( 1 ​− ​
α ​p 1​ ​p 2​ ​ αα
)( ​ 1​
p ​1 ​ p
−​ )( 1 ​− ​
2​ p ​1 ​ p
)​
2​ β
.

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


PAGE # 25 PAGE # 26 ​E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
PROGRESSION AND SERIES
1. Arithmetic Progression (A.P.) :
(a) General A.P. ​ a, a + d, a + 2d, ...... , a + (n ​ 1) d
where a is the first term and d is the common difference (b) General (n​th​) term of an A.P. ​
T​n ​= a + (n ​ 1)d [n​th ​term from the beginning] If an A.P. having m terms, then n​th term

from end = a + (m ​
n)d (c) Sum of n terms of an A.P. ​
n​ [2a + (n ​ 1)d] = ​n​ [a + T​ ]
S​n =​ ​ 2 ​ 2​ n​

Note : If sum of n terms i.e. S​n is ​ given then T​n = ​ S​n ​​ S​n​1 where
​ S​n​1 is
​ sum of (n ​ 1) terms. (d) Supposition of
terms in A.P. ​
(i) Three terms as a - d, a, a + d (ii) .our terms as a ​ 3d, a ​ d, a + d, a + 3d (iii) .ive terms as a ​ 2d, a ​ d, a,
a + d, a + 2d (e) Arithmetic mean (A.M.) :
(i) A.M. of n numbers A​1​, A​2​, ................ A​n ​is defined
as
AA​
A.M. = ​ n
A
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/ ​
(iv) If then A​1​, AA​1 2​= ,...... a + d, A​n Aare
​ ​2 =
​ n A.M's between a and a + 2d,...... A​n =
​ a + nd,
b,
b​
where d = ​ n
a​
−​ +​1
n​ (a + b) ​
(v) Sum of n A.M's inserted between a and b is ​ 2 ​ (vi) Any term of an A.P. (except first term) is
equal to the half of the sum of term equidistant from the
1​ (a​ + a​ ), r < n
term i.e. a​n ​= ​ 2 ​ n​r ​ n+r​
2. Geometric Progression (G.P.)
(a) General G.P. ​ a, ar, ar​2 ​, ......
where a is the first term and r is the common ratio (b) General (n​th​) term of a G.P. ​ T​n ​= ar​n​1
If a G.P. having m terms then n​th ​term from end = ar​m​n ​(c) Sum of n terms of a G.P. ​
a​ r​n ​
S​n = ​ ​ ( )1​−​ 1

a ​−​T ​n r​​ ,r<1


− r​​ = ​ 1 ​− ​r​
a ​ r​
= ​ ( ​ n ​−​1) r​−
T ​ n ​r ​ −​ a
1= ​ ​ r​ − ​ 1 ​
,r>1

+ ​ + ​......... ​+ ​ Σ​A​
1​ 2​ n ​= ​ i ​n

= Sum
​ of n
numbers
a​, |r|<1
​ ​r1​− ​
(d) Sum of an infinite G.P. ​ ​S​∞ =
(ii) .or an A.P., A.M. of the terms taken symmetrically
(e) Supposition of terms in G.P. ​
from the beginning and from the end will always be constant and will be equal to middle term or
a​ , a, ar ​
(i) Three terms as ​ r ​ A.M. of middle term. (iii) If A is the A.M. between two given nos. a and b,
then
a​ , ​a​ , ar, ar​3
(ii) .our terms as ​ r​3 ​ r ​
a ​ +​b ​i.e. 2A = a + b
A=​ 2​
a​ , ​a​ , a, ar, ar​2
(iii) .ive terms as ​ r​2 ​ r ​
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 27 PAGE # 28 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK

L​ M O​ P ​1
(c) ​Σ​n3​ ​= 1​3 ​+ 2​3 ​+ 3​3 ​+ .... + n​3 ​= ​
n n( ) ​+ ​
N​ Q​
2
(f) Geometric Mean (G.M.) ​
(i) Geometrical ​is defined as
mean of n numbers x​1​, x​2​, .......... x​n ​G.M. = (x​1 ​x​2 ​............... x​n​)​1/n​. (i) If G is the G.M. between two given
numbers a
and b, then
G​2 ​= ab ​⇒ ​G = ​ab (ii)
​ If and G​1​b, , Gthen
2​, .............. G​n are
​ n G.M's between a

.G ​ IJ
G​1 =
​ ar, G​2 = ​ ar​ , where r = ​
​ ar​ ,..... G​n =
2​ n​
H​b​a​
K​ 1 1/n ​+ ​ (iii) Product of the n G.M.'s inserted between a & b is
(ab)​ n/2

3. Arithmetico - Geometric Progression (A.G.P.) :


(a) General form ​ a, (a + d)r, (a + 2d) r​2​, ............. (b) General (n​th​) term ​ T​n =
​ [a + (n ​ 1) d] r​
n​1

a
(c) Sum of n terms of an A.G.P ​ S​n =​ ​

+ r. ​d ​ r​
r1​− ​ ( ( ​−​ n ​−

1​ ) ​−
r) ​2 ​(d) Sum of infinite terms of an A.G.P.
a
S​∞ ​= ​r1​− ​
+​ dr​
r( )1 ​ − ​2 ​4. Sum standard results :
n n( ​
(a) ​Σ​n = 1 + 2 + 3 + ..... + n = ​ 2
+​1 ) ​ n ( n ​+ ​1 )( 2 n ​+ ​1 ) ​
(b) ​Σ​n2​ ​= 1​2 ​+ 2​2 ​+ 3​2 ​+ ..... + n​2 ​= ​ 6

1​1
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
2
(d) ​Σ​a = a + a + .... + (n times) = na (e) ​Σ​(2n ​ 1) = 1 + 3 + 5 + .... (2n ​ 1) = n​2 ​(f) ​Σ​2n = 2 + 4 + 6 + .... + 2n
= n (n + 1)
5. Harmonic Progression (H.P)
1​ , ​ 1​ ,​ 1​ +......
(a) General H.P. ​ ​ a ​ a ​ + ​d ​ 2a ​+ ​ d ​
(b) General (n​th ​term) of a H.P. ​ T​n
1
=​
=​ 1
a ​+ ​( n ​− ​1 ) d ​ n th​ ​term coresponding ​
to A . P .
(c) Harmonic Mean (H.M.)
2ab
(i) If H is the H.M. between a and b, then H = ​a ​
+ ​b ​(ii) If H​1​, H​2​,......,H​n are
​ n H.M's between a and b,
ab ​ n
then H​1 = ​ ​ bn ( ​

​ a
+ +​
ab ​ n
1 ) ​, ....., H​n =
​ ​ (​

+​1 ) na ​+
b
1​ & ​1​ , then their ​
or first find n A.M.'s between ​ a ​ b​ reciprocal will be required H.M's.
6. Relation Between A.M., G.M. and H.M.
(i) AH = G​2 ​(ii) A ​≥ ​G ​≥ ​H (iii) If A and G are A.M. and G.M. respectively between two
+ve numbers, then these numbers are

A ± ​A 2​ ​− ​G 2​ ​PAGE # 29 PAGE # 30
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
BINOMIAL THEOREM
3. Properties of Binomial coefficients :
1. Binomial Theorem for any +ve integral index :
.or the sake of convenience the coefficients n​​ C​0 ,​ n​​ C​1​,
(x + a)​n ​= n​​ C​0 ​x​n ​+ n​​ C​1 ​x​n​1 ​a + n​​ C​2 ​x​n​2 ​a​2 ​+ .......
n
C​2 .....
n​ ​ ​
C ​ ..... ​n
r​

C ​ are usually denoted by C​ , C​ ,..... ​


n​ 0​ 1​ + n​​ C​r ​x​n​r ​a​r ​+ .... + n​​ C​n ​a​n
C​r ​.......... C​n ​respectively.
=

∑​ nr ​=​0

n​r ​ r
C​r x​​ a​
n​

* C​0 + ​ C​1 + ​ C​2 + ​ ..... + C​n = ​ 2​


n

(i) General beginning.


​ ​ C​r x​
n​r ​ r ​
term - T​r+1 = n​
​ a​ is the (r + 1)​th ​term from
(ii) (m + 1)​th ​term from the end = (n ​ m + 1)​th ​from begin-
* C​0 ​​ C​1 ​+ C​2 ​​ C​3 ​+ ..... + C​n ​= 0
* C​0 + ​ C​2 + ​ C​4 + ​ ..... = C​1 + ​ C​3 +
​ C​5 +
​ .... = 2​
n​1

ning = T​n​m+1 ​(iii) middle term


* n​
C ​ = ​n​n
r​
.G ​ IJ ​
r​
C​
r ​(a) If n is even then middle term = ​ H​2 n​ 1​+ ​ K​ th

term

IJ​
(b) If n is odd then middle term = ​ .G ​H​n ​2 ​+ 1​​ K​ th ​and

IJ​
.G ​H​n 2 ​+ 3​​ K​ th ​term

Binomial coefficient of middle term is the greatest bino- mial coefficient.


2. To determine a particular term in the given expasion :
x​
Let the given expansion be ​ x
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/

1

= ​n​
1​ n​−​r


1​1
n

2
C​
r​−

and so on ...
2​

* 2n

C​
n ​+ ​r ​
=​
c ​n ​− ​r 2n
​ h ​! ​c ​n !

+ ​r

h ​! ​* ​ n

C ​ + ​n
r​

C​ = ​n
r​−​1 ​

+​1 ​C ​
r​* C​1 ​+ 2C​2 ​+ 3C​3 ​+ ... + nC​n ​= n.2​n​1
* C​1 ​​ 2C​2 ​+ 3C​3 ​......... = 0

c​
* C​0 ​+ 2C​1 ​+ 3C​2 ​+ ......+ (n + 1)C​n ​= (n + 2)2​n​1 ​* C​0​2 ​+ C​1​2 ​+ C​2​2 ​+ ..... + C​n​2 ​= ​ c ​2 n! n​​ h
h​
2​!

.G ​
= ​2n​
C​n ​ H​ α

IJ ​
± ​1 ​
β​ K​ n

, if x​n ​occurs in
* C​0​2 ​​ C​12​ ​+ C​22​ ​​ C​32​ ​+ .....
T​r+1 (r
​ + 1)​th ​term then r is given by n ​α ​ r (​α ​+ ​β​) = m = and for x​0​, n ​α ​ r (​α ​+ ​β​) = 0

R|​
ST|c ​−​1 ​h
n /2

,
n ​C ​n /2

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
, if n is odd if n is even ​PAGE # 31 PAGE # 32 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/ ​(ii) (x + y + z)​n ​=
∑ ​r ​+ ​s ​+ ​t ​= ​n Note
​ : 2​ ​n ​+ 1​

C ​0

+ 2​ n ​+ ​1

C 1​

+ .... + 2​ 1n
​ ​
+C 2​
n​= ​ n
+

C​
n​+ ​1

!​ x​
s ! r ! t! ​ r ​y​s ​z​t ​2 n
+

1
C​
n​+ ​2

+ ..... ​2 ​
n

C​
2 n ​+ ​1

= 2​2n

Generalized (x​1 + ​ x​2 +.....


​ x​k​)​n
C​ C​
* C​0 + ​ ​ 1​2 + ​ ​ 2​3 + ​ ..... + ​n
C​
1n​+ ​
−​n​+
∑​ C​ C​ C​ ( ​−
= ​ r ​1 ​+ ​r ​2 ​+ ​... ​r ​k ​= ​n ​* C​0 ​​ ​ 1​2 +
​ ​ 2​3 ​​ ​ 3​4 ....
​ +​
1

) ​n

C​ =​ 1
n​n ​+​1​ 1n ​
+
4. Greatest term :
( )n ​ a
(i) If ​ x​
a
2​
​ ​ 1
+ n​​ 1 =
1​
n
! r ​1 !​ r ​2 !....
​ r​k
r​ r​
! ​x ​1 ​ 1 ​x ​ 2
r​
..... ​x ​ k​k ​6. Total no. of terms in the expansion (x​1 ​+ x​2 ​+... x​n​)​ is
m​
2​

m+n​1​
C​n​1
+​+​1 ​∈ ​Z (integer) then the expansion has two
greatest terms. These are k​th ​and (k + 1)​th ​where x & a are +ve real nos.
( )n ​ a
(ii) If ​ +​1 ​

x ​+​a

∉ ​Z then the expansion has only one great-

est term. This is (k + 1)​th ​term k = ​ LM ​N​( )n ​x ​+​+ 1​ ​a


a

OP ​
Q​,
{[.] denotes greatest integer less than or equal to x}
5. Multinomial Theorem :
(i) (x + a)​n ​= ​∑​n​r ​=​0

C​r x​​ a​ , n ​∈​N


n​r ​ r​
n​

= ​∑​n​r​=​0
n
! ( n ​− ​r) ! r
x​n​r ​ n!​ x​s ​ r​
!​ ​ ​s ​=​n ​ s ! r! ​ a​ ,
a​r ​= ​r ​+ ∑
where s = n ​ r
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 33 PAGE # 34 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIO AND IDENTITIES
3. Trigonometric identities : (i) sin​2​θ ​+ cos​2​θ ​= 1
1. Some important results :
(i) Arc length AB = r​θ
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
(ii) cosec​2​θ ​ cot​2​θ ​= 1 (iii) sec​2​θ ​ tan​2​θ ​= 1
1​ r​
Area of circular sector = ​ 2 ​ 2​θ
4. Sign convention :
y
(ii) .or a regular polygon of side a and number of sides n
II quadrant I quadrant
(a) Internal angle of polygon = (n ​ 2) ​n
π​
sin & cosec All +ve
are +ve
(b) Sum of all internal angles = (n ​ 2) ​π
x' O x
a​ cot ​
(c) Radius of incircle of this polygon r = ​ 2 ​ n
π​
III quadrant IV quadrant
tan & cot cos & sec (d) Radius of circumcircle of this polygon R
are +ve are +ve

.G ​ IJ
= ​2 ​
a​cosec ​ π​ 1​ na​
n ​ (e) Area of the polygon = ​ 4 ​ 2 ​cot ​ H​nπ​​
K​y'
5. T-ratios of allied angles : The signs of trigonometrical ratio
1​ a​
in different quadrant. Allied​∠ ​of (​θ​ ​) 90​0 ​± ​θ ​180​0 ​± ​θ ​270​0 ​± ​θ ​360​0 ​± ​θ ​T-ratios (f) Area of triangle = ​ 4 ​ 2 ​cos
π​
n

.G ​
sin​θ ​sin​θ ​cos​θ ​m ​sin​θ ​cos​θ ​±sin​θ ​cos​θ ​cos​θ ​m ​sin​θ ​cos​θ ​±sin​θ ​cos​θ ​(g) Area of incircle = ​π ​ H​n2
a

π​
IJ
cot ​

K​ 2

.G ​
(h) Area of circumcircle = ​π ​ H​2
IJ ​
a​
cos ec ​n ​
π​
K​ 2

tan​θ ​tan​θ ​m ​cot​θ ​±tan​θ ​m ​cot​θ ​±tan​θ ​cot​θ ​cot​θ ​m ​tan​θ ​±cot​θ ​m ​tan​θ ​±cot​θ ​sec​θ ​sec​θ ​m ​cosec​θ ​sec​θ
±cosec​θ ​sec​θ ​cosec​θ ​cosec​θ ​sec​θ ​m ​cosec​θ ​sec ​θ ​±cosec​θ
6. Sum & differences of angles of t-ratios :
(i) sin(A ± B) = sinA cosB ± cosA sinB 2. Relation between system of measurement of angles :
(ii) cos(A ± B) = cosA cosB ± sinA sinB
G​= ​2C​ & ​π ​radian = 180​0
D​90 = ​ ​100 ​ π​
tan ​
(iii) tan (A ± B) = ​1 ​ m
tan A ​±
tan ​
A​ tan
B
B
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 35 PAGE # 36 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
cot ​ cot
(iv) cot (A ± B) = ​ cot A B ​
±
cot B
m​ 1
A​
(v) sin(A + B) sin(A ​ B) = sin​2​A ​ sin​2​B = cos​2 ​B ​ cos​2 ​A (vi) cos(A + B) cos (A ​ B) = cos​2​A ​ sin​2​B = cos​2​B ​
sin​2​A (vii) tan(A + B + C)
7. .ormulaes for product into sum or difference and vice-
versa : (i) 2sinA cosB = sin(A + B) + sin(A ​ B) (ii) 2cosA sinB = sin(A + B) ​ sin(A ​ B) (iii) 2cosA cosB =
cos(A + B) + cos(A ​ B) (iv) 2sinA sinB = cos(A ​ B) ​ cos(A + B)
tan ​ tan ​ tan ​
= ​1 ​ − ​tan A ​+ ​A ​ tan B B ​+ − ​ tan C B ​−
tan ​ tan ​ tan ​
tan ​ C A ​− ​ tan B C ​ tan
C
A
= ​S ​

−​S

.G ​ IJ ​ .G ​ IJ ​
S​
(v) sinC + sinD = 2sin ​ H​C ​2 +​ D​ ​ K​cos ​ H​C ​2 −​ ​D ​ K​Generalized tan (A + B + C
.G ​ IJ ​ .G ​
S​
+ ......... ) = ​ S ​(vi) sinC ​ sinD = 2cos ​ H​C ​2 +​ ​D ​ K​sin ​ H​C ​2
IJ ​ .G ​ IJ ​ .G ​ IJ ​
− ​D ​
K​(vii) cosC + cosD = 2cos ​ H​C ​2 +​ ​D ​ K​cos ​ H​C ​2 −​ ​D ​ K​(viii) cosC ​
.G ​ IJ ​ .G ​ IJ ​
cosD = 2sin ​ H​C ​2 +​ ​D ​ K​sin ​ H​D ​2 −​ ​C ​ K​(ix) tanA + tanB = ​cos sin(

)

cos
S​ S​ S
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/ ​ S​ S​
S
1 3​1 ​2 1 ​ ​+ 5​ ​− 7​
​ ​− 3
+
...... 1

− ​2 ​+ ​4 ​− ​6 ​+ ​8 ​−​......
Where S​1 ​= ​Σ ​tan A
S​2 =​ ​Σ ​tan A tan B, S​3 = ​ ​Σ ​tan A tan B tan C & so on (viii) sin (A + B + C) = ​Σ ​sin A cos B cos C ​ ​Π ​sin A =

Π ​cos A (Numerator of tan (A + B + C)) (ix) cos (A + B + C) = ​Π ​cos A ​ ​Σ ​sin A sin B cos C
= ​Π ​cos A (Denominator of tan (A + B + C)) for a triangle A + B + C = ​π
Σ ​tan A = ​Π ​tan A ​Σ ​sin A = ​Σ ​sin A cos B cos C 1 + ​Π ​cos A = ​Σ ​sin A sin B cos C
3 ​+ ​1
(viii) sin75​0 ​= ​
2 2​= cos15​0
3 ​− ​1
(ix) cos75​0 ​= ​
2 2​= sin15​0

(x) tan75​0 ​= 2 + ​3 =
​ cot15​
0
(xi) cot75​0 ​= 2 ​ ​3 =
​ tan15​
0

A ​+
BAB
8. T-ratios of multiple and submultiple angles :
2​
(i) sin2A = 2sinA cosA = ​1 ​ +
tan A​
tan​2 ​A ​= (sin A + cos A)​2 ​​ 1 = 1 ​ (sin A ​ cos A)​2
2 tan ​ /
⇒ ​sinA = 2sinA/2 cosA/2 = ​ A​
2​
1 ​+

tan 2​ ​A /​ 2 ​(ii) cos2A = cos​2​A ​ sin​2​A = 2cos​2​A ​ 1


1​
= 1 ​ 2sin​2​A = ​ 1

−​tan ​2​+ tan


2​ A​A
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 37 PAGE # 38 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
2tan
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/ ​(iii) tan2A = ​
A​ ⇒ ​tanA = ​2 tan ​ /
1 ​− ​tan​2 ​A ​ A​
2​
1 ​−

tan 2​ ​A /​
2 ​(ii) cos2A + cos2B + cos2C = ​1​ 4cosA cosB cosC
(iii) sinA + sinB + sinC = 4cosA/2 cosB/2 cosC/2 (iv) cosA + cosB + cosC = 1 + 4 sinA/2 sinB/2 sinC/2 (iv)
sin3​θ ​= 3sin​θ ​ 4sin​3​θ ​= 4sin(60​0 ​​ ​θ ​) sin(60​0 ​+ ​θ ​) sin​θ
(v) sin​ A + sin​ B + sin​ C = 1 ​ 2sinA sinB cosC = sin ​θ ​(2 cos ​θ ​ 1) (2 cos ​θ ​+ 1)
2​ 2​ 2​

(vi) cos​2​A + cos​2​B + cos​2​C = 1 ​ 2cosA cosB cosC (v) cos3​θ ​= 4cos​3​θ ​ 3cos​θ
(vii) tanA + tanB + tanC = tanA tanB tanC = 4cos(60​0 ​​ ​θ ​) cos(60​0 ​+ ​θ ​) cos ​θ
(viii) cotB cotC + cotC cotA + cotA cotB = 1
= cos ​θ ​(1 ​ 2 sin ​θ ​) (1 + 2 sin ​θ ​)
(ix) ​Σ ​tan A/2 tan B/2 = 1
3
(vi) tan3A = ​
tan ​
A ​−
tan
3
A 1 ​−
3
tan
2 ​A

(x) ​Σ ​cot A cot B = 1 (xi) ​Σ ​cot A/2 = ​Π ​cot A/2


= tan(60​0 ​​ A) tan(60​0 ​+ A)tanA
11. Some useful series :
1
(vii) sinA/2 = ​
− ​cos A
2
(i) sin​α ​+ sin(​α ​+ ​β​) + sin(​α ​+ 2​β​) + .... + to nterms
1
(viii) cosA/2 = ​
2
= ​+ ​+ ​cos A

LM ​ .G ​ IJ ​ OP ​
sin ​ N​α ​ H​n ​2 −​ ​1​ K​β ​ Q​sin
LM ​ OP ​
N​n ​2 β​ ​ Q​sin
2 ​β
1​ −​
(ix) tanA/2 = ​ 1​ +
, ​β ≠ ​2n​π
cos Acos
1 ​− ​
A=​ ​ sin
cos

AA
, A ​≠ ​(2n + 1)​π

(ii) cos​α ​+ cos(​α ​+ ​β​) + cos(​α ​+ 2​β​) + .... + to nterms


9. Maximum and minimum value of the expression :
acos​θ ​+ bsin​θ
=

Maximum (greatest) Value = ​a 2​ ​+ ​b 2​ ​Minimum (Least) value = ​ a


​ 2​ ​+ ​b 2​ ​10. Conditional trigonometric
identities :
If A, B, C are angles of triangle i.e. A + B + C = ​π​, then (i) sin2A + sin2B + sin2C = 4sinA sinB sinC
i.e. ​Σ ​sin 2A = 4 ​Π ​(sin A)

LM ​ .G ​ IJ ​ OP ​
cos ​ N​α + ​ H​n ​2 −​ ​1​ K​β ​ Q​sin
n​ β
2​
sin
2 ​β
β ≠ ​2n​π
(iii) cos​α ​.cos2​α ​. cos2​2​α ​....cos(2​n​1 ​α​) = ​2
sin​ 2​
n​ sin​ n

α​ , ​α ≠ ​n​π
α​
= 1 , ​α ​= 2k​π ​= ​1 , ​α ​= (2k+1)​π
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 39 PAGE # 40 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS
1. General solution of the equations of the form
(i) sin​θ ​= 0 ​⇒ ​θ ​= n​π​, n ​∈ ​I
π​, n ​∈ ​I
(ii) cos​θ ​= 0 ​⇒ ​θ ​= (2n + 1) ​2 ​
(iii) tan​θ ​= 0 ​⇒ ​θ ​= n​π​, n ​∈ ​I
π​
(iv) sin​θ ​= 1 ​⇒ ​θ ​= 2n​π ​+ ​2 ​ (v) cos​θ ​= 1 ​⇒ ​θ ​= 2​π​n
π​or 2n​π ​+ ​3​ π
(vi) sin​θ ​= ​1 ​⇒ ​θ ​= 2n​π ​ ​2 ​ 2​
(vii) cos​θ ​= ​1 ​⇒ ​θ ​= (2n + 1)​π
(viii) sin​θ ​= sin​α ​⇒ ​θ ​= n​π ​+ (​1)​n​α
(ix) cos​θ ​= cos​α ​⇒ ​θ ​= 2n​π ​± ​α
(x) tan​θ ​= tan​α ​⇒ ​θ ​= n​π ​+ ​α
(xi) sin​2​θ ​= sin​2​α ​⇒ ​θ ​= n​π ​± ​α
(xii) cos​2​θ ​= cos​2​α ​⇒ ​θ ​= n​π ​± ​α
(xiii) tan​2​θ ​= tan​2​α ​⇒ ​θ ​= n​π ​± ​α
2. .or general solution of the equation of the form
, divide both side by
a cos​θ ​+ bsin​θ ​= c, where c ​≤ ​a 2​ ​+ ​b 2​ ​
a 2​ ​+
a
b 2​ ​
b​ = cos​α​, ​ = sin​α​.
and put ​a 2​ ​+ ​b 2​ ​ a 2​ ​+ ​b 2​ ​
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
Thus the equation reduces to form
c​ = cos​β​(say)
cos(​θ ​ ​α​) = ​a 2​ ​+ ​b 2​ ​
now solve using above formula
3. Some important points :
(i) If while solving an equation, we have to square it, then the roots found after squaring must be checked
wheather they satisfy the original equation or not.
(ii) If two equations are given then find the common val- ues of ​θ ​between 0 & 2​π ​and then add 2n​π ​to this
common solution (value).
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 41 PAGE # 42 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​
MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC .UNCTIONS
1. If y = sin x, then x = sin​​1 ​y, similarly for other inverse T-
functions.
2. Domain and Range of Inverse T-functions :
.unction Domain (D) Range (R)
π​ ≤ ​θ ​≤ ​π​
sin​​1 ​x ​ 1 ​≤ ​x ​≤ ​1 ​ ​ 2 ​ 2
cos​​1 ​x ​ 1 ​≤ ​x ​≤ ​1 0 ​≤ ​θ ​≤ ​π
π​ < ​θ ​< ​π​
​ x < ​∞ ​​ ​ 2 ​
tan​​1 ​x ​ ​∞ < 2

cot​​1 ​x ​ ​∞ < ​ < ​θ ​< ​π


​ x < ​∞ 0
π​
sec​​1 ​x x ​≤ ​ 1, x ​≥ ​1 0 ​≤ ​θ ​≤ ​π ​, ​θ ≠
​ ​ 2
π​ ≤ ​θ ​≤ ​ π​, ​θ ​≠ ​0
cosec​​1 ​x x ​≤ ​ 1, x ​≥ ​1 ​ ​ 2 ​ 2​
3. Properties of Inverse T-functions :
π​ ≤ ​θ ≤
​ ​π​
(i) sin​​1 ​(sin ​θ ​) = ​θ ​provided ​ ​ 2 ​ 2
cos​​1 ​(cos ​θ ​) = ​θ ​provided ​θ ​≤ ​θ ​≤ ​π
π​ < ​θ ​< ​π​
tan​​1 ​(tan ​θ ​) = ​θ ​provided ​ ​ 2 ​ 2
cot​​1 ​(cot ​θ ​) = ​θ ​provided 0 < ​θ ​< ​π
π​ or ​π​ < ​θ ​≤ ​π
sec​​1 ​(sec ​θ​) = ​θ ​provided 0 ​≤ ​θ ​< ​ 2 ​ 2​
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
π​ ≤ θ ​< 0
cosec​​1 ​(cosec ​θ ​) = ​θ ​provided ​ ​ 2 ​
π​
or 0 < ​θ ​≤ ​ 2
(ii) sin (sin​​1 ​x) = x provided ​ 1 ​≤ ​x ​≤ ​1
cos (cos​​1 ​x) = x provided ​ 1 ​≤ ​x ​≤ ​1
tan (tan​​1 ​x) = x provided ​ ​∞ ​< x < ​∞
cot (cot​​1 ​x) = x provided ​ ​∞ ​< x < ​∞
sec (sec​​1 ​x) = x provided ​ ​∞ ​< x ​≤ ​ 1 or 1 ​≤ ​x < ​∞
cosec (cosec​​1 ​x) = x provided ​ ​∞ ​< x ​≤ ​ 1
or 1 ​≤ ​x < ​∞
(iii) sin​​1 ​(​ x) = ​ sin​​1 ​x,
cos​​1 ​(​ x) = ​π ​ cos​​1 ​x
tan​​1 ​(​ x) = ​ tan​​1 ​x
cot​​1 ​(​ x) = ​π ​ cot​​1 ​x
cosec​​1 ​(​ x) = ​ cosec​​1 ​x
sec​​1 ​(​ x) = ​π ​ sec​​1 ​x
π​, ​ x ​∈ ​[​ 1, 1]
(iv) sin​​1 ​x + cos​​1 ​x = ​2 ​ ∀ ​
π​, ​ x ​∈ ​R
tan​​1 ​x + cot​​1 ​x = ​2 ​ ∀​
π​, ​ x ​∈ ​(​ ​∞​, ​ 1] ∪
​ ​[1, ​∞​)
sec​​1 ​x + cosec​​1 ​x = ​2 ​ ∀​
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 43 PAGE # 44 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
4. Value of one inverse function in terms of another
inverse function :
= tan​​1 ​x
(i) sin​​1 ​x = cos​​1 ​1 ​− ​x 2​ ​
= cot​​1 ​1 ​
x1 ​− 2​ ​ − ​x 2​ ​x
1
= sec​​1 ​
= cosec​​1 1​ , 0 ​≤ ​x ​≤ ​1
1 ​− ​x 2​ ​ ​
x​

​ ​
= tan​​1 1
(ii) cos​​1 ​x = sin​​1 ​1 ​− ​x 2​ ​ − ​x
2​ = cot​​1 x
x​ ​

1​ = cosec​​1 ​1
x1 ​− 2​ ​= sec​​1 ​ x ​
, 0 ​≤ ​x ​≤ ​1
1 ​− ​x 2​ ​
(iii) tan​​1 ​x = sin​​1 ​https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/
x​ = cos​​1 1
https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/ ​ x1 ​+ 2​ ​ ​

= cot​​1 ​1​
1 ​+ ​x 2​ ​ x
= cosec​​1 ​1 ​
= sec​​1 ​1 ​+ ​x 2​ ​ + ​x
2​ , x ​≥ ​0
x​

.G ​ IJ ​
(iv) sin​​1 ​ H​1​x​ K​= cosec​ x, ∀
​ x​ ​∈ ​(​ ​∞ ​, 1] ​∪ ​[1, ​∞ ​)
​1 ​

.G ​ IJ ​
(v) cos​​1 ​ H​1​x​ K​= sec​ x, ∀
​ x​ ​∈ ​(​ ​∞ ,​ 1] ​∪ ​[1, ​∞ )​
​1 ​

.G ​ IJ ​
(vi) tan​​1 ​ H​1​x​ K​= ​cot​cot
5. .ormulae for sum and difference of inverse trigonomet-

ric function : (i) tan​​1​x + tan​​1​y = tan​​1 ​ .G ​H​1 x​ ​− ​+​xy


IJ ​
y​
K​; if x > 0, y > 0, xy < 1

(ii) tan​​1​x + tan​​1​y = ​π ​+ tan​​1 ​ .G ​H​1 x​ ​− +​​ xy


IJ ​
y​
K​; if x > 0, y > 0, xy > 1

(iii) tan​​1​x ​ tan​​1​y = tan​​1 ​.G ​H​1 x​ ​+ −​​ xy


IJ ​
y​
K​; if xy > ​1

(iv) tan​​1​x ​ tan​​1​y = ​π ​+ tan​​1 ​.G ​H​1 x​ ​+ −​​ xy


IJ ​
y​
K​; if x > 0, y < 0, xy < ​1
.G ​
(v) tan​​1​x + tan​​1​y + tan​​1​z = tan​​1 ​ H​1
x​ y​ z​
− + ​xy ​ + − ​ −

IJ ​
xyz ​
yz ​− ​zx ​ K​(vi) sin​ x ± sin​ y = sin​ L​NM x​ 1 ​− y​ ​ ± y​ 1 −​ x​ ​ O​QP ;​
​1​ ​1​ ​1 ​ 2​ 2​

if x,y ​≥ ​0 & x​2 ​+ y​2 ​≤ ​1 (vii) sin​​1​x ± sin​​1​y = ​π ​ sin​​1 ​L​NM x​ 1 ​− ​y ​ ± ​y 1 ​− ​x ​ O​QP ;​
2​ 2​

if x,y ​≥ ​0 & x​2 ​+ y​2 ​> 1 (viii) cos​​1​x ± cos​​1​y = cos​​1 ​ L​NM xy​ m 1 ​− x​ ​ 1 ​− y​ ​ O​QP ;​
2​ 2​

R​
if x,y > 0 & x​2 ​+ y​2 ​≤ ​1 ​ S​T|
−π
+ ​−
1
x ​> ​−
1
x ​(ix) cos​​1​x ± cos​​1​y = ​π ​ cos​​1 ​ L​NM xy​ m 1 ​− x​ ​ 1 ​− y​ ​ O​QP ;​
2​ 2​

if x,y > 0 & x​2 ​+ y​2 ​> 1


PAGE # 45 PAGE # 46 ​for x 0for x ​< ​0
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
6. Inverse trigonometric ratios of multiple angles
PROPERTIES & SOLUTION O. TRIANGLE
(i) 2sin​​1​x = sin​​1​(2x ​1 ​− ​x 2​ ​), if ​1 ​≤ ​x ≤
​ ​1
Properties of triangle : (ii) 2cos​​1​x = cos​​1​(2x​2 ​​1), if ​1 ​≤ ​x ​≤ ​1

.G ​ IJ ​ .G ​
1. A triangle has three sides and three angles. (iii) 2tan​​1​x = tan​​1 ​ H​1 2​​ − x​​ x ​2​
K​= sin​ ​1 ​
H​1
In any ​∆​ABC, we write BC = a, AB = c, AC = b
B
C​
BC

IJ ​
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/ ​ + ​ x 2​ ​
2​ x​
K​=
cos​​1 ​
.G ​H​1​1
IJ ​
x​
−​+ ​ x ​2​2 ​ K​(iv) 3sin​ x = sin​ (3x ​ 4x​ ) (v) 3cos​ x = cos​ (4x​ ​ 3x)
​1​ ​1​ 3​ ​1​ ​1​ 3​

3​
(vi) 3tan​​1​x = tan​​1 ​ 1 3

A​ c ​
A​ b ​ .G ​H​x ​− −​​ x
IJ
x​2 3​​

K​ a

and ​∠​BAC = ​∠​A, ​∠​ABC = ​∠​B, ​∠​ACB = ​∠​C


2. In ​∆​ABC :
(i) A + B + C = ​π ​(ii) a + b > c, b +c > a, c + a > b (iii) a > 0, b > 0, c > 0
3. Sine formula :
b​ = ​c​ = k(say)
​ ​ Bsin ​ Csin ​
a​Asin =
sinA​ = ​sinB​ = ​sinC​ = k (say)
or ​ a​ b​ c​
4. Cosine formula :
b ​ + ​c ​ −
cos A = ​ 2 ​ 2​

a
2
2bc
c ​ + ​a ​ −
cos B = ​ 2​ 2​

b
2
2ac
a ​ + ​b ​ −
cos C = ​ 2​ 2​

c
2
2ab
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 47 PAGE # 48 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
5. Projection formula :
a = b cos C + c cos B b = c cos A + a cos C c = a cos B + b cos A
6. Napier's Analogies :
A ​−​B ​ = ​a ​ b ​
tan ​ 2​ a​ b
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
A​ = ​( ​ )(​
(c) tan ​ 2 ​ s ​− ​b ​ s ​−
c
)​
s ( s ​−
a
)
B​ = ​( ​ )(​
tan ​ 2 ​ s ​− ​c ​ s ​−
a
)​
s ( s ​−
b
)
C​
−​+ cot
​ ​ 2
B ​−​C ​ = ​b ​ c
tan ​ 2​ b​
C​ = ​( ) ( )
tan ​ 2 ​
()
c
s ​− ​b s ​−
a
A​
−​+ cot
​ ​ 2
s s ​−
c
C ​−​A ​ = ​c ​ a ​
tan ​ 2​ −​ c ​+ a

B​
cot ​ 2
8.​∆​, Area of triangle :
1​ ab sin C = ​1​ bc sin A = ​1​ ca sin B ​
(i) ​∆ ​= ​ 2 ​ 2​ 2​ 7. Half angled formula - In any ​∆​ABC :
A​ = ​( s ​ b ) ( s ​
(ii) ​∆ ​= ​ss ( ​− ​a )( s ​− ​b )( s ​− ​c ) ​(a) sin ​ 2 ​ −​ −
c)​
bc
B​ = ​( s ​ c ) ( s ​
sin ​ 2 ​ −​ −
a)​
ca
A​ tan ​B​ = ​s ​−
9. tan ​ 2 ​ 2​
c​ C​ = ​( s ​ a ) ( s ​ b
s​sin ​ 2 ​ −​ −​
)​
ab

where 2s = a + b + c
B​ tan ​C​ = ​s ​−
tan ​ 2 ​ 2​
a​ C​ tan ​A​ = ​s ​−
s​tan ​ 2 ​ 2​
b​ A​ = ​s ​ s ​
s​(b) cos ​ 2 ​ (​ −
a​
) bc
B​ = ​s ​ s ​
cos ​ 2 ​ (​ −
b​
) ca
10. Circumcircle of triangle and its radius :
a
(i) R = ​
= ​b
A2sin ​
= ​c
B2sin ​
C​ = ​s ​ s ​
C2sin ​cos ​ 2 ​ (​ −
c​
) ab
abc
(ii) R = ​
Where R is circumradius
4​∆ ​
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 49 PAGE # 50 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
11. Incircle of a triangle and its radius :
∆​
(iii) r = ​ s
A​ = (s ​ b) tan ​B​ = (s ​ c) tan C
​ ​
(iv) r = (s ​ a) tan ​ 2 ​ 2​ 2
A​ sin ​B​ sin ​C​
(v) r = 4R sin ​ 2 ​ 2​ 2
r​
(vi) cos A + cos B + cos C = 1 + ​ R
(vii) r =
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
(iv) r​1 + ​ r​3 ​​ r = 4R
​ r​2 +

1r ​ + ​1r ​ + ​1r ​ = ​1​


(v) ​ 1​ 2​ 3​ r
1​ + ​1​ 2​+ ​1​ 2​+ ​1​ a ​2 ​ b ​2 ​
(vi) ​ r ​12​​ r ​2​ r ​3​ r 2​​ = ​ + ​ +
c ​2 ​

2
1​ + ​1​ + ​1​ = ​1​
(vii) ​ bc ​ ca ​ ab ​ 2Rr
(viii) r​1​r​2 +
​ r​2​r​3 +
​ r​3​r​1 =
​ s​
2

B2​
a sin ​ sin
C2

A​ cos ​B​ cos ​C​


(ix) ​∆ ​= 2R​2 ​sin A sin B sin C = 4Rr cos ​ 2 ​ 2​ 2
cosA
= ​b ​ A2​
2​ sin ​ sin
cosB 2
C2

c​
= (x) r​1 =

B2​
sin ​ sin
A2​
cosC 2
12. The radii of the escribed circles are given by :

​ ​s ​
(i) r​1 =
, r​ = ​ ∆
− ​a ​ 2​ s ​

, r​ = ​∆ ​ A​ , r​ = s tan ​B​ , r​ = s tan ​C​


− ​b ​ 3​ s ​− ​c ​(ii) r​1 ​= s tan ​ 2 ​ 2 ​ 2 ​ 3​ 2
A​ cos ​B​ cos ​C​ ,
(iii) r​1 ​= 4R sin ​ 2 ​ 2​ 2​
A​ sin ​B​ cos ​C​ ,
r​2 ​= 4R cos ​ 2 ​ 2​ 2​
A​ cos ​B​ sin ​C​
​ 4R cos ​ 2 ​
r​3 = 2​ 2
B2​
a cos ​ cos
C2

CA
b​
cosA 2
, r​2 ​=
2​
cos ​ cos cosB 2
2

,
r​3 =

A2​
c cos ​ cos
B2​
cosC 2
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 51 PAGE # 52 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
HEIGHT AND DISTANCE
1. Angle of elevation and depression :
If an observer is at O and object is at P then ​∠ ​XOP is called angle of elevation of P as seen from O.
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
(ii) d = h (cot​α ​ cot​β​)
αβ
d
h
If an observer is at P and object is at O, then ​∠ ​QPO is called angle of depression of O as seen from P.
2. Some useful result :
(i) In any triangle ABC if AD : DB = m : n
∠ ​ACD = ​α ​, ​∠ ​BCD = ​β ​& ​∠ ​BDC = ​θ
then (m + n) cot​θ ​= m cot​α ​ ncot ​β
C

α β​A ​θ
BA
mDn
B
= ncotA ​ mcotB [m ​ n Theorem]
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 53 PAGE # 54 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
POINT ​1. Distance formula :
Distance between two points given by d(P, Q) = PQ
P(x​1​, y​1​) and Q(x​2​, y​2​) is
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
(C) .or circumcentre of a triangle :
Circumcentre of a triangle is equidistant from vertices i.e. PA = PB = PC. Here P is circumcentre and PA
is radius. (i) Circumcentre of an acute angled triangle is in- = ​( x ​2 ​− x​ ​1 )​ ​2 ​+ (​ y ​2 ​−
y ​1 ​) ​2 ​side the triangle.
(ii) Circumcentre of a right triangle is mid point of = ​( Difference of x coordinate ) 2​ ​+
( Difference of ycoordinate ) 2​ ​the hypotenuse.
Note : (i) d(P, Q) ​≥ ​0
(ii) d(P, Q) = 0 ​⇔ ​P = Q
(iii) Circumcentre of an obtuse angled triangle is
outside the triangle.
(iii) d(P, Q) = d(Q, P)
3. Section formula : (iv) Distance of a point (x, y) from origin
(i) Internally :
(0, 0) = ​x 2​ ​+
m​ = ​λ ​, Here ​λ ​> 0
y 2​ ​BP AP​
​ =​ n​
2. Use of Distance .ormula :
(a) In Triangle :
A(x ​1 ,​ y ​1 )​ ​P B(x
​ ​2 ,​ y ​2 )​ ​Calculate AB, BC, CA (i) If AB = BC = CA, then ​∆ ​is equilateral. (ii) If any two sides are
equal then ​∆ ​is isosceles. (iii) If sum of square of any two sides is equal to
the third, then ​∆ ​is right triangle. (iv) Sum of any two equal to left third they do not
form a triangle i.e. AB = BC + CA or BC = AC + AB or AC = AB + BC. Here points are collinear.
(b) In Parallelogram :
Calculate AB, BC, CD and AD. (i) If AB = CD, AD = BC, then ABCD is a parallelo-
gram. (ii) If AB = CD, AD = BC and AC = BD, then ABCD
is a rectangle. (iii) If AB = BC = CD = AD, then ABCD is a rhombus. (iv) If AB = BC = CD = AD and AC =
BD, then ABCD
is a square.
mn

P​ .G ​H​mx ​m ​ + 2​
+​
n
nx

,
1​

my ​2 ​+​ny

IJ ​
m ​+ n
​ ​1 ​ K​(ii) Externally :
m​ = ​λ ​ mx nx
​ =​ n​
m ​BP AP​ A(x ​1 ,​ y ​1 )​ B(x ​2 ,​ y ​2 )​ ​P ​

mn
n
P

.G ​H​ −​− 2​

,
1​

my m ​2 ​− −​
​ n

IJ ​
ny ​1 ​ K​(iii) Coordinates of mid point of PQ are x​ ​ 2 ​.G ​H​+ x​ ​ ,
1​ 2​

y​
1​ 2

IJ ​
+​
y​
2​ K​(iv) The line ax + by + c = 0 divides the line joining the
points
(​
(x​1​, y​1​) & (x​2​, y​2​) in the ratio = ​ ​( ​ ax ax ​2 ​1​+ + ​by by ​2
+
c
)​
+
c
)
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 55 PAGE # 56 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
5. Area of Polygon : Area of polygon having ........ (x​n​, y​n​) is given (v) .or parallelogram ​ midpoint of
diagonal AC = mid point
of diagonal BD (vi) Coordinates of centroid G ​ .G ​H​x ​ + x​ ​3 ​ + x​ ​ ,
1​ 2​ 3​

y​ y​
1​+​ 3
y​
2​ +​ 3

IJ ​
K​vertices by area
(x​1​, y​1​), (x​2​, y​2​), (x​3​, y​3​)
(vii) Coordinates of incentre I
ax bx cx
abc
1​
=​ 2
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
x ​1 ​y
1

.G ​
H​,
+​ +
+ + + ​1 ​ 2​

++
3 ​ay ​1 ​a by b ​2 ​+ ​c

cy

IJ ​
3​ K​x ​ y2​

2
x ​3 ​y
3
(viii) Coordinates of orthocentre are obtained by solving the
M M ​. Points must be taken in order. equation
​ of any two altitudes.
x n​ ​y
n
4. Area of Triangle :
x 1​ ​y
1
The area of triangle ABC and C(x​3​, y​3​).
with vertices A(x​1​, y​1​), B(x​2​, y​2​)
6. Rotational Transformation :
If coordinates of any point P(x, y) with reference to new ​x y
1​
∆ ​= ​ 2
xy
1​1​axis will be (x', y') x​ B ​then
y​ B ​(Determinant method) ​x y
​ → ​cos​θ ​sin​θ
1 x'​
y'​→ ​sin​θ ​cos​θ
7. Some important points :
1​
(i) Three pts. A, B, C are collinear, if area of triangle is = ​ 2
11
22
33
x ​1 ​y
1
x ​2 ​y
2
zero ​x ​3 ​y
3
(ii) Centroid G of ​∆​ABC divides the median AD or BE or C. in
x 1​ ​y
= ​1​ [x​ y​ + x​ y​ + x​ y​ ​ x​ y​ ​ x​ y​ ​ x​ y​ ]
1​ 2 ​ 1​ 2 ​ 2​ 3 ​ 3​ 1 ​ 2​ 1 ​ 3​ 2 ​ 1​ 3​
the ratio 2 : 1 (iii) In an equilateral triangle, orthocentre, centroid, [Stair method]
circumcentre, incentre coincide.
Note : (i) Three points A, B, C are collinear if area of triangle
is zero. (ii) If in a triangle point arrange in anticlockwise then
(iv) Orthocentre, centroid and circumcentre are always collinear and centroid divides the line joining
orthocentre and circumcentre in the ratio 2 : 1 (v) Area of triangle formed by coordinate axes & the line
value of ​∆ ​be +ve and if in clockwise then ​∆ ​will be ​ve.
c​
ax + by + c = 0 is ​ 2
.
2 ab​
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 57 PAGE # 58 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
(ix) Intercept form : Equation of a line making intercepts a
x​ + ​y​ = 1. ​
and b respectively on x-axis and y-axis is ​ a ​ b ​ (x) Parametric or distance or symmetrical form of
π​ with the ​
the line : Equation of a line passing through (x​1​, y​1​) and making an angle ​θ ​, 0 ​≤ θ ≤ ​π ​, ​θ ≠ ​ 2 ​ +ve
direction of x-axis is
= ​y ​− ​y ​
x ​− ​x ​1 ​cos​θ ​ 1

=r​
sin​θ ​ ⇒ ​Where x r = is the x​1 + ​ r sin P(x, ​STRAIGHT LINE ​1.
​ r cos distance ​θ ​, of y = any ypoint ​1 +

Slope of a Line : The tangent of the angle that a line makes with +ve direction of the x-axis in the
anticlockwise sense is called slope or gradient of the line and is generally denoted by m. Thus m = tan ​θ ​.
(i) Slope of line || to x-axis is m = 0 (ii) Slope of line || to y-axis is m = ​∞ ​(not defined) (iii) Slope of the line
equally inclined with the axes is 1
or ​ 1 (iv) Slope of the line through the points A(x​1​, y​1​) and
y​
B(x​2​, y​2​) is ​ x ​θ
y​
y) on the (xi) ​−​ − x

.
a​
(v) Slope of the line ax + by + c = 0, b ​≠ ​0 is ​ ​ b
line from the point Normal or perpendicular (x​1​, y​1​)
form : Equation of a line such that the length of the perpendicular from the (vi) Slope of two parallel lines
are equal.
origin on it is p and the angle which the perpendicular (vii) If m​1 ​& m​2 ​are slopes of two ​⊥ ​lines then m​1​m​2
= ​ 1.
makes with the +ve direction of x-axis is ​α ​, is
x cos ​α ​+ y sin ​α ​= p. 2. Standard form of the equation of a line :
(i) Equation of x-axis is y = 0
3. Angle between two lines : (ii) Equation of y-axis is x = 0
(i) Two lines a​1​x + b​1​y + c​1 =
​ 0 & a​2​x + b​2​y + c​2 =
​ 0 are (iii) Equation of a straight line || to x-axis at a
distance
b from it is y = b (iv) Equation of a straight line || to y-axis at a distance
a​ = ​b​ ≠ ​c​
(a) Parallel if ​ 1​a​2 ​ 1​b​2 ​ 1​c​2 ​a from it is x = a
(b) Perpendicular if a​1​a​2 +
​ b​1​b​2 =
​ 0 (v) Slope form : Equation of a line through the origin and
having slope m is y = mx. (vi) Slope Intercept form : Equation of a line with slope m
a​ = ​b​ = ​c​
(c) Identical or coincident if ​ 1​a​2 ​ 1​b​2 ​ 1​c​2 ​and making an intercept c on the y-axis is y = mx + c. (vii)
Point slope form : Equation of a line with slope m and passing through the y ​ (viii) Two y​1 ​point = m(x ​ form
x: ​1​)
Equation point (x​1​, y​1​) of a line passing is
through
ab ​ ab ​
(d) If not above three, then ​θ ​= tan​​1 ​ aa ​ bb
the points (x​1​, y​1​) & (x​2​, y​2​) is
yyyy
21
21

−​−

(ii) (a) ​(b) Two


​ Parallel ​Perpendicular lines
​ if my ​1 =
​ = m​if m​ ​ ​1​m+ ​2 c
​ m​1 2 x ​ and = ​1

​ + c are (c) If not above two, then ​θ ​= tan​ 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 2


​1 ​
y = m​2 x

−​1 2 ​−
= ​x ​ x
1​ −​

​ ​
1 ​x 2

x
1
m​
1​ −
m​ 1
2​

+
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
m ​1 ​m ​2 ​PAGE # 59 PAGE # 60 ​E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
12. Homogeneous two equations 4. Position of a point with respect to a straight line :
The equation : If y = m​1​x and y = m​2​x be the sign represented and m​1​m​2 ​= a/b
by ax​2 ​+ 2hxy + by​2 ​= 0 , then m​1 + ​ ​2h/b
​ m​2 =
13. General equation of second degree :
ax​2 ​+ 2hxy + by​2 ​+ 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 represent a pair of
straight line if ​∆ ≡
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/ ​line according
L(x​i​, side or on opposite y​i​to ) i = 1, 2 will be of same sign or of opposite
the side point of L A(x(x, ​1​, y) y​1​) respectively.
& B (x​2​, y​2​) lie on same
5. Equation of a line parallel (or perpendicular) to the line
ax + by + c = 0 is ax + by + c' = 0 (or bx ​ ay + ​λ ​= 0)
6. Equation of st. lines with y = mx + c is
through (x​1​,y​1​) making an angle ​α
m
y ​ y​1 =
​ ​

± ​tan ​α​ (x ​ x​ )
1 m mtan​α ​ 1​

7. length of perpendicular from (x​1​, y​1​) on ax + by + c = 0


| ax by c | ​
is ​a b
ahghbf
=0​
g f c ​If y = m​1​x + c & y = m​2​x + c represents two straight lines
1​ + ​1
+
2 ​+
2

−​2h​ , m​ m​ = ​ a​.
then m​1 + ​ ​
​ m​2 = b ​ 1​ 2 ​ b ​
8. Distance between two parallel lines ax + by + c​i =
​ 0,
|c​ c
i = 1, 2 is ​ 1 ​−​
|​
2​ a ​2 ​+
b
2
14. Angle between pair of straight lines :
The angle between the lines represented by ax​2 ​+ 2hxy + by​2 ​+ 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 or ax​2 ​+ 2hxy + by​2 ​= 0
9. Condition of concurrency for three straight lines
​ ​a​i x
L​i ≡ ​ + b​i y
​ + c​i =
​ 0, i = 1, 2, 3 is

2 ​ −​
is tan​θ ​= ​ h 2​​ ab
( a ​+ ​b)
a ​1 ​b ​1 ​c
1 ​a 2​ ​b 2​ ​c
2 ​a 3 ​ ​b 3​ ​c
3
(i) The two lines given by ax​2 ​+ 2hxy + by​2 ​= 0 are
(a) Parallel and coincident iff h​2 ​​ ab = 0 = 0
(b) Perpendicular iff a + b = 0 (ii) The two line given by ax​2 ​+ 2hxy + by​2 ​+ 2gx + 2fy + c
10. Equation of bisectors of angles between two lines :
= 0 are (a) Parallel if h​2 ​​ ab = 0 & af​2 ​= bg​2 ​ax ​1 ​+ ​by ​1 ​+
c
1
ax ​+ ​by ​+
c
(b) Perpendicular iff a + b = 0
a 2​
1​+ ​b
2
1​

a ​+
b
(c) Coincident iff g​2 ​​ ac = 0
11. .amily of straight lines :
The general equation of family of straight line will be written in one parameter
13. Combined equation of angle bisector of the angle between
the lines ax​2 ​+ 2hxy + by​2 ​= 0 is
The equation of straight line which passes through point of
x y ​intersection of two ​a b ​L1​ ​+ ​λ L
​ 2​ ​= 0
222
2

2​
given lines L​1 ​and L​2 ​can be taken as
22​

xy​
2​
−− 2​ ​= ​ h
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 61 PAGE # 62 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
CIRCLE
5. Concentric circles : Two circles having same centre C(h, k) but different radii r​1 ​& r​2 ​respectively are
called concentric
1. General equation of a circle : x​2 ​+ y​2 ​+ 2gx + 2fy + c = 0
circles.
where g, f and c are constants (i) Centre of the cirle is (​g, ​f)
.G ​
6. Position of a point w.r.t. a circle : A point (x​1​, y​1 ​) lies i.e. ​ H​− ​1​2
outside, on or inside a circle
S ​≡ ​x2​ ​+ y​2 ​+ 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 according as S​1 ≡
​ ​x​1​2 ​+ y​12
​ ​+ 2gx​1 + ​ c is +ve, zero or ​ve
​ 2fy​1 +

7. Chord length (length of intercept) = 2 ​r 2​ ​− ​p 2​ ​8. Intercepts made on coordinate axes by the circle :

(i) x axis = 2 ​g 2​ ​− ​c ​(ii) y axis = 2 ​f 2​ ​− ​c 9.


​ Length of tangent = ​S​1
10. Length of the intercept made by line : y = mx + c with the
circle x​2 ​+ y​2 ​= a​2 ​is
am​
2​ m
−​
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/ ​coeff . of x , ​ 2

IJ ​
1coeff . of y ​ K​(ii) Radius is ​g ​ + ​f ​ − ​c ​2. Central (Centre radius) form of a circle :
2​ 2​

(i) (x ​ h)​2 ​+ (y ​ k)​2 ​= r​2 ​, where (h, k) is circle centre and


r is the radius. (ii) x​2 ​+ y​2 ​= r​2 ​, where (0, 0) origin is circle centre and r is
the radius.
3. Diameter form : diameter of a circle, If then (x​1​, yits ​1​) equation and (x​2​, is
y​2​) are end pts. of a
(x ​ x​1​) (x ​ x​2​) + (y ​ y​1​) (y ​ y​2​) = 0
4. Parametric equations :
(i) The parametric equations of the circle x​2 ​+ y​2 ​= r​2 ​are
x = rcos​θ​, y = r sin​θ ​, where point ​θ ≡ ​ ​(r cos ​θ ​, r sin ​θ ​) (ii) The parametric equations of the circle
c

(x ​ h)​2 ​+ (y ​ k)​2 ​= r​2 ​are x = h + rcos​θ​, y = k + rsin​θ ​(iii) The parametric equations of the circle
x​2 ​+ y​2 ​+ 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 are
x = ​g + ​g 2​ ​+ ​f 2​ ​− ​c ​cos​θ​, y = ​f + ​g 2​ ​+ ​f 2​ ​− ​c ​sin​θ
(iv) .or circle x​2 ​+ y​2 ​= a​2​, equation of chord joining ​θ 1​ ​& ​θ 2​ ​is
θ​ +θ​
xcos ​ 1 ​2​ 2

θ​ +θ​
+ ​ysin​ 1 ​2​ 2

θ​ −θ​
= ​r cos ​ 1 ​2​ 2

.
1​
2​ ( ​ + ​2 ​) ​−
2
1
or (1 + m​2​
+ ​2 ​ ) |x​1 ​​ x​2​|
D​
where |x​1 ​​ x​2​| = difference of roots i.e. ​ a
11. Condition of Tangency : Circle x​2 ​+ y​2 ​= a​2 ​will touch the
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
line y = mx + c if c = ±a ​1 ​+ ​m 2​ ​PAGE # 63 PAGE # 64 ​E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
12. Equation of tangent, T = 0 :
15. The point of intersection of tangents drawn to the circle x​2
(i) Equation of tangent to the circle
+ y​2 ​= r​2 ​at point ​θ 1​ ​& ​θ 2​ ​is given as
x​2 ​+ y​2 ​+ 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 at any point (x​1​, y​1​) is xx​1 +​ yy​1 +
​ g(x + x​1​) + f(y + y​1​) + c = 0 (ii) Equation of
tangent to the circle x​ + y​2 ​= a​2 ​at any
2​

point (x​1​, y​1​) is xx​1 + ​ yy​1 = ​ a​


2

.G​GG H​(iii) In slope form : .rom the condition of tangency for


every value of m.

The line y = mx ± a ​1 ​+ ​m 2​ ​is a tangent to the circle x​2 ​+ y​2 ​= a​2 ​and its point of contact is

±​+
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
r cos
θ ​1 ​2​+θ
2
cos
θ ​1 ​2 ​−
θ
2
,
r cos sin
θ θ ​1 1 ​2 ​− 2​
​ +θ θ
2
2

IJ​JJ K​16. Equation of the chord of contact of the tangents drawn


from point P outside the circle is T = 0

17. Equation of a chord whose middle pt. is given by T = S​1 ​ .G ​H​am​1 m​


18. Director circle : Equation of director circle for x​2 ​+ y​2 ​= a​2 ​is x​2 ​+ y​2 ​= 2a​2​. Director circle is a concentric
circle whose
radius is ​2 times
​ the radius of the given circle.
19. Equation of polar of point (x​1​, y​1​) w.r.t. the circle S = 0 is T = 0
20. Coordinates of pole : Coordinates of pole of the line
.G ​
lx + my + n = 0 w.r.t the circle x​2 ​+ y​2 ​= a​2 ​are ​ H​− ​n
IJ ​ IJ ​
a l ​− ​
K​, ​ 1 ±​​ a​+ ​m ​
2​ 2​ K​(iv) Equation of tangent at (a cos θ​ ​, a sin ​θ ​) to the circle x​ + y​ = a​ is x
2​ 2​ 2​

cos ​θ ​+ y sin ​θ ​= a.
13. Equation of normal :
(i) Equation of normal to the circle
x​2 ​+ y​2 ​+ 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 at any point P(x​1​, y​1​) is
y​ f​
y ​ y​1 ​= ​ x ​ g
2​ ,

a ​2 ​m​n
+​
1​ 1

​ ​ x​1​)
+ (x
21. .amily of Circles :
(i) S + ​λ​S' = 0 represents a family of circles passing through
(ii) Equation of normal to the circle x​2 ​+ y​2 ​= a​2 ​at any
the pts. of intersection of
point (x​1​, y​1​) is xy​1 ​​ x​1​y = 0
S = 0 & S' = 0 if ​λ ≠ ​1 (ii) S + ​λ ​L = 0 represent a family of circles passing through
the point of intersection of S = 0 & L = 0 14. Equation of pair of tangents SS​1 ​= T​2
(iii) Equation of circle which touches the given straight line
L = 0 at the given point (x​1​, y​1​) is given as (x ​ x​1​)​2 ​+ (y ​ y​1​)​2 ​+ ​λ​L = 0.
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 65 PAGE # 66 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
(iv) Equation of circle passing & B(x​2​, y​2​) is given as
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/ ​through two
points A(x​1​, y​1​)
(x ​ x​1​) (x ​ x​2​) + (y ​ y​1​) (y ​ y​2​) + ​λ
25. Equation of tangent at point of contact of circle is
S​1 ​​ S​2 ​= 0
xy
1​26. Radical axis and radical centre : ​x 1​ y​
1

1​= 0.
(i) Equation of radical axis is S ​ S​1 ​= 0 ​x ​2 ​y
2

1
(ii) The point of concurrency of the three radical axis of three circles taken in pairs is called radical centre
of three circles.
22. Equation of Common Chord is S ​ S​1 =
​ 0.
27. Orthogonality condition :
If two circles S ​≡ ​x2​ ​+ y​2 ​+ 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 23. The angle ​θ ​of intersection of two ​& C​2 ​and radii r​1 ​& r​2 ​is
given by
and S' = x​2 ​+ y​2 ​+ 2g'x + 2f'y + c' = 0 intersect each other orthogonally, then 2gg' + 2ff' = c + c'. circles with
r​
centres C​1 cos​
​ θ ​= ​ 1​2
+ ​r ​ 2 −
​ ​d
1​

2​
r ​1 ​r
2
2​

, where d = C​1​C​2
24. Position of two ​and radii r​1​, r​2 ​.
circles : Let two circles with centres C​1​, C​2 Then ​ following cases arise as
(i) C​1 C​​ 2​ > r​ 1​ + r​ 2​ ⇒ ​
d o not intersect or one outside the
other, 4 common tangents.
(ii) C​1 C​​ 2= ​ r​1 + ​ r​2 ⇒ ​ ​Circles touch externally, 3 common
tangents.
(iii) |r​1 ​​ r​2​| < C​1 C​ ​ 2< ​ r​1 +
​ r​2 ⇒
​ ​Intersection at two real
points, 2 common tangents.
(iv) C​1 C​ ​ 2= ​ |r​1 ​​ r​2​| ​⇒ ​internal touch, 1 common tangent. (v) C​1 C​ ​ 2< ​ r​2​| ​⇒ ​one inside the other, no
​ |r​1 +

tangent.
Note : Point of contact ​internally or externally as divides
​ ​the case C​
​ may 1​ ​C​2 ​be
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
in the ratio r​1 :​ r​2 PAGE
​ # 67 PAGE # 68 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
PARABOLA
1. Standard Parabola :
Imp. Terms y​2 ​= 4ax y​2 ​= ​ 4ax x​2 ​= 4ay x​2 ​= ​ 4ay
Vertex (v) (0, 0) (0, 0) (0, 0) (0, 0)
.ocus (f) (a, 0) (​a, 0) (0, a) (0, ​a)
Directrix (D) x = ​a x = a y = ​a y = a
Axis y = 0 y = 0 x = 0 x = 0
L.R. 4a 4a 4a 4a
.ocal x + a a ​ x y + a a ​ y
distance
Parametric (at​2​, 2at) (​ at​2​, 2at) (2at, at​2​) (2at, ​ at​2​)
Coordinates
Parametric x = at​2 ​x = ​ at​2 ​x = 2at x = 2at
Equations y = 2at y = 2at y = 2at​2 ​y = ​ at​2
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
y​2 ​= 4ax
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
x​2 ​= ​ 4ay
PAGE # 69 PAGE # 70
x​2 ​= 4ay
y​2 ​= ​ 4ax
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
2. Special .orm of Parabola
4. Equations of tangent in different forms : * Parabola which has vertex at (h, k), latus rectum ​l

.G ​
and axis parallel to x-axis is (y ​ k)​2 ​= ​l ​(x ​ h) ​⇒ ​axis is y = k and focus at ​ H​h ​+ ​4​l,
IJ ​
k​
K​(i) Point .orm / Parametric form
Equations of tangent of all other standard parabolas at (x​1​, y​1​) / at t (parameter) ​Equation Tangent at Parametric
Tangent of 't'
of parabola (x​1​, y​1​) coordinates't'
* Parabola which has vertex at (h, k), latus rectum ​l ​and

.G ​
axis parallel to y-axis is (x ​ h)​2 ​= ​l​(y ​ k) ⇒
​ ​axis is x = h and focus at ​ H​h k, ​+ ​4
IJ​
l​
K​y​ =4ax yy​ =2a(x+x​ ) (at​ , 2at) ty=x+at​ y​ =​4ax yy​ =​2a(x+x​ ) (​at​ , 2at) ty=​x+at​ x​ =4ay xx​ =2a(y+y​ ) (2at, at​ ) tx=y + at​ x​ =​4ay
2​
1​ 1​
2​ 2 ​ 2​
1​ 1​
2​ 2 ​ 2​
1​ 1​
2​ 2 ​ 2​

xx​1​=​2a(y+y​1​) (2at, ​at​2​) tx =​y+at​2


(ii) Slope form
* Equation of the form ax​2 ​+ bx + c = y represents
parabola.
Equations of tangent of all other parabolas in slope form
4
i.e. y ​ ​
−​
ac ​ b

.G ​
2 ​4 a​= a ​ H​x +​ ​2
IJ ​
b​
a​ K​ 2

,with vertex

.G ​
Equation Point of Equations Condition of of contact in of tangent Tangency parabolas terms of in terms of ​ H​− b​​ a
IJ ​
−​
K​ slope(m) slope (m) ​2

,4
ac 4
ab
2

and axes parallel to y-axis

y​2 ​= 4ax ​ .G ​H​m


IJ ​
a​
​ ​
,2 K​y = mx + ​a​m c​ = ​a​m
Note : Parametric equation of parabola (y ​ k)​2 ​= 4a(x ​ h) are x = h + at​2​, y = k + 2at

.G ​ IJ ​
y​2 ​= ​ 4ax ​ H​−​m a​​ K​3. Position of a point (x​ , y​ ) and a line w.r.t. parabola
1​ 1​

y​2 ​= 4ax. * The point parabola y​2 ​https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/


https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/ ​(x= ​1​, 4ax
y​1​) lies outside, on or inside the
* according as The line y = y​1​2 ​mx ​​ +
​ ​4ax​c ​1 does
​ >, = or < 0
not intersect, touches, intersect a parabola y​2 ​= 4ax according as c > = < a/m
Note : Condition of tangency for parabola y​2 ​= 4ax, we have c = a/m and for other parabolas check disc. D
= 0.
a​2 ​m 2​
a​
​ a​m y​ = mx ​ ​a​m c​ = ​ ​m ​ x​ = 4ay (2am, am​ ) y = mx ​ am​ c = ​am​
,2
2​ 2​ 2​ 2

x​2 ​= ​ 4ay (​2am, ​am​2​) y = mx + am​2 ​c = am​2


5. Point of intersection of tangents at any two points
P(at​1​2​, 2at​1)​ and Q(at​2​2​, 2at​2)​ on the parabola y​2 ​= 4ax is (at​1​t​2​, a(t​1 +
​ t​2​)) i.e. (a(G.M.)​ , a(2A.M.))
2​

6. Combined equation of the pair of tangents drawn from a


point to a parabola is SS' = T​2​, where S = y​2 ​​ 4ax, S' = y​1​2 ​​ 4ax​1 ​and T = yy​1 ​​ 2a(x + x​1​)
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 71 PAGE # 72 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
7. Equations of normal in different forms
Note (i) Point .orm / Parametric form
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
: (i) In circle normal is radius itself. (ii) Sum of ordinates (y coordinate) of foot of normals Equations of
normals of all other standard parabolas
through a point is zero. at (x​1​, y​1​) / at t (parameter)
Eq​n​. of Normal Point Normals
(iii) The centroid of the triangle formed by taking the foot
of normals as a vertices of concurrent normals of
parabola at (x​1​, y​1​) 't' at 't'
y​2 ​= 4ax lies on x-axis.
−​y1​
y​ = 4ax y​y​1 =
2​
​ ​

(x​x​ ) (at​2​
2 a​ 1​ , 2at) y+tx = 2at+at​3
8. Condition for three normals from a point (h, 0) on x-axis
to parabola y​2 ​= 4ax
y​1​ (x​x​ ) (​at​2​

y​2 = ​4ax y​y​1 =
​ ​ 2 a​ 1​ , 2at) y​tx = 2at+at​3

(i) We get 3 normals if h > 2a (ii) We get one normal if h ​≤ ​2a. (iii) If point lies on x-axis, then one normal
will be x-axis
itself.
x​2 ​= 4ay y​y​1 ​= ​ ​9. (i) If normal of y​2 ​= 4ax at t​1 ​meet the parabola again
2t ​ 2a​ (x​x​ ) (2at, at​2​
at t​2 ​then t​2 ​= ​ t​1 ​​ ​ 1​(ii) The normals other at ​ x 1​ ​to y​2 ​the same ​ 1​ ) x+ty = 2at+at​3 ​x​2 ​= ​4ay y​y​1 ​= ​= 4ax

2a​
parabola at tat ​1 ​and t​3​, ​ x ​1​tthen
2​ intersect each
t​1​t​2 = ​ ​ t​1 ​​ t​2
​ 2 and t​3 =
10. (i) Equation of focal chord of parabola y​2 ​= 4ax at t​1 is

2
y=​
12​ (x​x​ ) (2at, ​at​2​
1​1​ 1​ ) x​ty = 2at+at​3 ​(ii) Slope form
Equations of normal, point of contact, and condition of normality in terms of slope (m)
Eq​n​. of Point of Equations Condition of
parabola contact of normal Normality
y​2 ​= 4ax (am​2​, ​2am) y = mx​2am​am​3 ​c = ​2am​am​3

.G ​
y​2 ​= ​ 4ax (​am​2​, 2am) y = mx+2am+am​3 ​c = am+am​3 ​x​2 ​= 4ay ​ H​−​2
IJ ​
2​ K​t
(x ​ a)
t ​− ​
If focal t​2 ​then chord t​1​t​2 ​of y​2 ​= = ​ 1 (t​1 ​4ax cut (intersect) must not be zero)
at t​1 ​and
(ii) Angle formed by focal chord at vertex of parabola is
m
c = 2a+ ​ a​2
a, a​m ​y = mx+2a+ ​ma​
​ 2​ m​
2​ |t​ ​ t​ |
tan ​θ ​= ​ 3 ​ 2 ​ 1​
2
x​2 ​= ​4ay ​

.G ​
2​ H​m
a, ​− ​m ​a​(iii) Intersecting point of parabola y​2 ​= 4ax is

IJ ​
K​y = mx​2a​ ​m​a​ c = ​2a​ ​m​a​
2​ 2

normals at t​1 and


​ t​2 on
​ the
(2a + a(t​1​2 ​+ t​2​2 ​+ t​1​t​2​), ​ at​1​t​2 ​(t​1 ​+ t​2​))
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 73 PAGE # 74 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
11. Equation of chord of parabola y​2 ​= 4ax which is bisected
(v) Angle included between focal radius of a point and at (x​1​, y​1​) is given by T = S​1
perpendicular from a point to directrix will be bisected of tangent at that point also the external angle will
12. The locus of the mid point of a system of parallel chords
be bisected by normal.
2a​ .
of a parabola is called its diameter. Its equation is y = ​ m ​
(vi) Intercepted portion of a tangent between the point of tangency and directrix will make right angle at
focus.
13. Equation of polar at the point (x​1​, y​1​) with respect to
(vii) Circle drawn on any focal radius as diameter will parabola y​2 ​= 4ax is same as chord of contact and is
given
touch tangent at vertex. by
(viii) Circle drawn on any focal chord as diameter will touch T = 0 i.e. yy​1 =
​ 2a(x + x​1​)
directrix.

.G ​
Coordinates of pole of the line ​l ​x + my + n = 0 w.r.t. the parabola y​2 ​= 4ax is ​ H​n ​l ,​ ​− ​2
IJ ​
l​
am ​
K​14. Diameter : It is locus of mid point of set of parallel chords
and equation is given by T = S​1
15. Important results for Tangent :
(i) Angle made by focal radius of a point will be twice the angle made by tangent of the point with axis of
parabola
(ii) The locus of foot of perpendicular drop from focus to
any tangent will be tangent at vertex.
(iii) If tangents drawn at ends point of a focal chord are mutually perpendicular then their point of
intersection will lie on directrix.
(iv) Any light ray travelling parallel to axis of the parabola will pass through focus after reflection through
parabola.
PAGE # 75 PAGE # 76
E D U C A T I O N S​https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/
https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/ ,​ 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
E D U C A T I O N S​
MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
Note : If P is any point on ellipse and length of perpendiculars from to minor axis and major axis are p​1 ​&
p​2​, then |x​p​| = p​1 ​, |y​p​| = p​2​⇒ p​
​ a
ELLIPSE
1. Standard Ellipse (e < 1)

x​a
2​
1​ 2

2​+ ​ =1
22 ​

R​ |​ U​ |​
2​2 ​1 ​+ = ​ S​ T| ​ V​ W|
.or a > b .or b > a
Centre (0, 0) (0, 0)
Vertices (±a, 0) (0, ±b)
Length of major axis 2a 2b
Length of minor axis 2b 2a
.oci (±ae, 0) (0, ±be)
Equation of directrices x = ±a/e y = ±b/e
Relation in a, b and e b​2 ​= a​2​(1 ​ e​2​) a​2 ​= b​2​(1 ​ e​2​)

.​ G I​ J ​ae b​ ,
Length of latus rectum 2b​2​/a 2a​2​/b Ends of latus rectum ​
±±​
H​ K​ a​

p​b
2​2

y​b
2

.G ​
H​± a​​ b ​2

IJ ​
±​
be ​
K​Parametric coordinates (a cos​φ ​, b sin​φ ​) (a cos ​φ ​, b sin ​φ ​)
φ ​< 2 ​π
0 ​≤ ​
.ocal radii SP = a ​ ex​1 SP
​ = b ​ ey​1
S'P = a + ex​1 S'P
​ = b + ey​ 1 Sum
​ of focal radii SP + S'P = 2a 2b
Distance bt​n ​foci 2ae 2be
Distance bt​n ​directrices 2a/e 2b/e
Tangents at the vertices x = ​a, x = a y = b, y = ​ b
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​
Ellipse
Imp. terms​
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
b>a
PAGE # 77 PAGE # 78
a>b
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
2. Special form of ellipse :
If the centre of an ellipse is at point (h, k) and the directions of the axes are parallel to the coordinate

c ​x ​− h​
axes, then its equation is ​

h​ 2​ + ​( )y ​− ​k
a​2 ​

2​ = 1.
b​2 ​
3. Auxillary Circle : The circle described by taking centre of an ellipse as centre and major axis as a
diameter is called an auxillary circle of the ellipse.
x​ + ​y​ = 1 is an ellipse then its auxillary circle is
If ​ 2​a​2 ​ 2​b​2 ​
x​2 ​+ y​2 ​= a​2​. Note : Ellipse is locus of a point which moves in such a way that it divides the normal of a
point on diameter of a point of circle in fixed ratio.
4. Position of a point and a line w.r.t. an ellipse :
* The point lies outside, on or inside the ellipse if
x​ + ​y​ ​ 1 > , = or < 0
S​1 ​= ​ 12​a​2 ​ 12​b​2 ​
* The line y = mx + c does not intersect, touches,
intersect, the ellipse if a​2​m​2 ​+ b​2 ​< = > c​2
5. Equation of tangent in different forms :
(i) Point form : The equation of the tangent to the
x​ + ​y​ = 1 at the point (x​ , y​ ) is
ellipse ​ 2​a​2 ​ 2​b​2 ​ 1​ 1​

xx​a
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
(ii) Slope form : If the line y = mx + c touches the
x​ + ​ y​ = 1, then c​2 ​ 2​ 2 ​ 2​
ellipse ​ a​2 2​​ b​ 2 2​​ = a​ m​ + b​ . Hence, the

straight line y = mx ± ​a 2​ ​m 2​ ​+ ​b 2​ ​always represents the tangents to the ellipse. Point of contact :

Line y = mx ± ​a 2​ ​m 2​ ​+ ​b 2​ ​touches the ellipse ​x​2​a​2 +


y​ 2​ = 1 at ​
​ ​ b​ 2 ​ .G ​H​±
a​
2
m,​
a ​2 ​m ​2 ​+
b
2

IJ ​
2222​ K​.
(iii) Parametric form : The equation of tangent at any
point (a cos ​φ ​, b sin ​φ ​) is
y​ sin ​φ ​= 1.
x​a cos
​ ​φ ​+ ​ b ​
6. Equation of pair of tangents from (x​1​, y​1​) to an ellipse
y​ = 1 is given by SS​ = T​2
x​2​a​2 ​+ ​ b​2​2 ​ 1​

7. Equation of normal in different forms :


(i) Point form : The equation of the normal at (x​1​, y​1​)
x​ + ​y​ = 1 is ​ b ​ x​
to the ellipse ​ 2​a​2 ​ b​2​2 ​ a ​2​x​x​1 ​​ ​ 2​ y​1 ​± ​b
a m ​+
b
= a​2 ​ 2​ yy​
​ b​ . ​2 1​​ + ​ 1​b

2=
​ 1.
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 79 PAGE # 80 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
(ii) Parametric form : The equation of the normal to the
(v) Sum of square of intercept made by auxillary circle on
x​ + ​y​
ellipse ​ 2​a​2 ​ b​https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/
= 1 at (a cos ​φ ​, b sin ​φ ​) is
https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/ 2​​ 2 ​
any two perpendicular tangents of an ellipse will be constant.
(vi) If a light ray originates from one of focii, then it will
ax sec ​φ ​ by cosec ​φ ​= a​2 ​​ b​2​.
pass through the other focus after reflection from
(iii) Slope form : If m is the slope of the normal to the
ellipse.
x​ + ​y​ = 1, then the equation of normal
ellipse ​ 2​a​2 ​ b​2​2 ​
9. Equation of chord of contact of the tangents drawn from the external point (x​1​, y​1​) to an ellipse is given
by
m ​ a ​2 ​
(​ −
b
2​
) ​is y = mx ± ​a ​2 ​+ ​b ​2 ​m ​2
.

xx​1​a
yy​
2+
​ ​ b
The co-ordinates of the point of contact are

±​+

​ =
2 1​ 0 i.e. T = 0.

.G ​H​a ​ , ​a ​ b ​ m
2​ 2​ 2​

2
22

IJ ​
22​ K​.
x​ + ​y​ = 1 whose
10. The equation of a chord of an ellipse ​ 2​a​2 ​ 2​b​2 ​
Note : In general three normals can be drawn from a point
mid point is (x​1​, y​1​) is T = S​1​.
x​ + ​y​ = 1.
(x​1​, y​1​) to an ellipse ​ 2​a​2 ​ b​2​2 ​
11. Equation of chord joining the points (a cos ​θ ​, b sin ​θ ​) and
8. Properties of tangents & normals :
x​ ​ + ​y2​ ​ = 1 is
(a cos ​φ ​, b sin ​φ ​) on the ellipse ​ 2a​ 2​ b​2 ​
(i) Product of length of perpendicular from either focii to any tangent to the ellipse will be equal to square
of semi minor axis.
θ φ+​ + ​y​ sin ​θ φ+​ = cos ​θ φ−​
x​a cos
​ ​ 2​ b​ 2​ 2
(ii) The locus of foot of perpendicular drawn from either
(i) Relation between eccentric angles of focal chord focii to any tangent lies on auxillary circle. (iii) The
circle drawn on any focal radius as diameter will
touch auxillary circle.
θ​ θ​ ± ​e
⇒ ​tan ​ 2 1​​ , tan ​ 2​2 =
​ ​
−​1 ​
1 ​±​e​(iv) The protion of the tangent intercepted between the
(ii) Sum of feet of eccentric angles is odd ​π​. point and directrix makes right angle at corresponding focus.
±​mb

a ​+
bm
i.e. ​θ ​1 +
​ ​θ ​2 +
​ ​θ ​3 +
​ ​θ ​4 =
​ (2n + 1) ​π ​.
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 81 PAGE # 82 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
12. Equation of polar of the point (x​1​, y​1​) w.r.t. the ellipse
y​2​ = 1 is given by ​xx​
​ ​ b​2 ​
x​2​a​2 + a
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
(c) If CP, CQ be two conjugate semi-diameters of
x​ + ​y​ yy​
the ellipse ​ 2​a​2 ​ b​2 ​1​+ ​ 1​b

2=
​ 0 i.e. T = 0.
2​ = 1 and S, S' be two foci
2​

.G ​
The ​x​2​a​2 pole

y​
of the + ​ 2​b​2 ​
= 1 is ​
line ​ H​− ​a​l n
IJ ​
2 ​x ​l , +
−​
​ ​ my ​2 ​+ ​ K​.
n = 0 w.r.t. the ellipse
of the ellipse, then SP.S'P = CQ​2 ​(d) The tangents at the ends of a pair of conjugate
diameters of an ellipse form a parallelogram.
x​ +​
15. The area of the parallelogram formed by the tangents at 13. Eccentric ellipse angles ​ 2​a​2 ​ of the

.G ​ IJ ​
y​
extremities ​ 2​b​2 ​
= 1 are tan​​1 ​
H​±​of ​ae b​​ latus ​ K​.
rectum of the
14. (i) Equation of the diameter bisecting the chords of
the ends of conjugate diameters of an ellipse is constant and is equal to the product of the axis i.e. 4ab.
x​ + ​y​ y​ =
16. Length ellipseof subtangent and subnormal at p(x​1​, y​1​) to the slope in the ellipse ​ 2​a​2 ​ b​x​2​a​2 ​+ ​ 2​b​2 ​
1 is ​a​2​ ​ x​ & (1 ​ e​2​
x​1 ​ 1 ​ ) x​1
2​ = 1 is
PAGE # 83 PAGE # 84 ​ 2 ​

b​ 2​ x​
y = ​ ​a ​ 2​ m​ (ii) Conjugate y = m​2​x Diameters : The straight are conjugate diameters of lines y = the
ellipse
m​1​x,
y​ = 1 if m​ m​ = ​ ​b​2​ . ​
x​2​a​2 ​+ ​ b​2​2 ​ 1​ 2 ​ a​2 ​ (iii) Properties of conjugate diameters :
(a) If CP and CQ be two conjugate semi-diameters
x​ + ​y​ = 1, then
of the ellipse ​ 2​a​2 ​ b​2​2 ​
CP​2 ​+ CQ​2 ​= a​2 ​+ b​2
(b) If ​θ ​and ​φ ​are the eccentric angles of the
extremities of two conjugate diameters, then
π​
θ ​ ​φ ​= ± ​ 2

b n​n
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
HYPERBOLA
1. Standard Hyperbola :
y​ = 1 ​ ​x2​ ​ + ​y​ 2​ = 1
x​2​a​2 ​​ ​ b​2​2 ​ a​2 ​ b​ 2 ​
x​ ​ ​y​ =​1
or ​ 2​a​2 ​ b​2​2 ​
Centre (0, 0) (0, 0) Length of transverse axis 2a 2b Length of conjugate axis 2b 2a .oci (±ae, 0) (0, ±be)

.G ​
Equation of directrices x = ±a/e y = ± b/e Eccentricity e = ​ H​a ​ a
2​

+​ b
2​
2

IJ ​ .G ​
K​e = ​ H​a ​ b​+ ​ b
2​
2​

IJ ​
K​Length of L.R. 2b​ /a 2a​ /b Parametric
2​ 2​

co-ordinates (a sec​φ ​, b tan​φ ​) (b sec​φ ​, a tan​φ ​)


φ ​< 2 ​π ​0 ​≤ ​φ ​< 2 ​π ​
0 ​≤ ​ .ocal radii SP = ex​1 ​​ a SP = ey​1 ​​ b
S'P = ex​1 + ​ b S'P ​ SP 2a 2b Tangents at the vertices x = ​ a, x = a y = ​ b, y = b Equation of
​ a S'P = ey​1 +
the y = 0 x = 0 transverse axis Equation of the x = 0 y = 0 conjugate axis
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

Hyperbola
Imp. terms
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
Conjugate Hyperbola
PAGE # 85 PAGE # 86
Hyperbola
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
2. Special form of hyperbola :
If the centre of hyperbola is (h, k) and axes are parallel to the co-ordinate axes, then its equation is
−​
( )x ​ h
2​ ​ ​( )y ​− ​k
a​2 ​
2​ = 1.
b​2 ​
3. Parametric equations of hyperbola :
The equations x = a sec ​φ ​and y = b tan ​φ ​are known
x​ ​ ​y​ =1
as the parametric equations of hyperbola ​ 2​a​2 ​ 2​b​2 ​
4. Position of a point and a line w.r.t. a hyperbola :
The point (x​1​, y​1​) lies inside, on or outside the hyperbola
y​ =1
x​2​a​2 ​​ ​ 2​b​2 ​
x​ y​ ​ 1 is +ve, zero or ​ve.
according as ​ 12​a​2 ​​ ​ 12​b​2 ​
The line y = mx + c does not intersect, touches, intersect the hyperbola according as c​2 ​<, =, > a​2​m​2 ​​ b​2​.
5. Equations of tangents in different forms :
(a) Point form : The equation of the tangent to the
x​ ​ ​y​
hyperbola ​ 2​a​2 ​ b​https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/
=1
https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/ 2​​ 2 ​
xx​
at (x​1​, y​1​) is ​ a
(b) Parametric form : The equation of tangent to the
hyperbola
y​ = 1 at (a sec ​φ ​, b tan ​φ ​) is
x​2​a​2 ​​ ​ b​2​2 ​
y​ tan ​φ ​= 1.
x​a sec
​ ​φ ​ ​ b ​
(c) Slope form : The equations of tangents of slope m
to the hyperbola
y​ = 1 are y = mx ± ​ 2 ​ 2 ​ and the
x​2​a​2 ​​ ​ b​2​2 ​ a ​ m ​ − ​b 2​ ​

co-ordinates of points of contacts are ​ ​ ±


.G H​
a​
2

m,​
a ​2 ​m ​2 ​−
b
2

IJ ​
2222​ K​.
6. Equation of pair of tangents from (x​1​, y​1​) to the hyperbola
y​ = 1 is given by SS​ = T​2
x​2​a​2 ​​ ​ b​2​2 ​ 1​

7. Equations of normals in different forms :


(a) Point form : The equation of normal to the hyperbola
y​ = 1 at (x​ , y​ ) is ​a 2​ x​
​ + ​b 2​ ​y​ = a​2 ​ 2​
x​2​a​2 ​​ ​ b​2​2 ​ 1​ 1​ x​1 ​ y​1 ​ + b​ .
(b) Parametric form : The equation of normal at
y​
(a sec ​θ ​, b tan ​θ ​) to the hyperbola ​x​2​a​2 ​​ ​ b​±
b
a m ​−
b
yy​
​ ​ ​ 1​b
2 1​

2=
​ 1.
2​ = 1 is ax cos ​θ ​+ by cot ​θ ​= a​2 ​
2​ + b​2
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 87 PAGE # 88 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
(c) Slope form : The equation of the normal to the
x​ ​ ​y​ = 1 in terms of the
11. Equation of chord joining the points P(a sec ​φ ​1​, b tan ​φ ​1​) hyperbola ​ 2​a​2 ​ 2​b​2 ​
slope m of

m ( a 2​ ​+
b
2​
) ​the normal is y = mx ​m
a ​2 ​−
b ​2 ​m
2
and Q(a sec ​φ ​2​, b tan ​φ ​2​) is

.G ​
x​a cos
​ ​ H​φ ​ 2−​ φ ​ 1​ 2

IJ ​ .G ​
K​​ ​y​b sin


H​φ ​ 2+​ φ ​
1​ 2

IJ ​ .G ​
K​= cos ​ H​φ ​ 2+​ φ ​
1​ 2

IJ ​
K​.
x​ ​ ​y​
(d) Condition for normality : If y = mx + c is the normal 12. Equation of polar of ​ 2​a​2 ​ b​is given
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/
https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
by T = of 0.
= 1,
the point (x​1​, y​1​) w.r.t. the hyperbola 2​​ 2 ​
The pole of the line ​l ​x + my + n = 0 w.r.t.
then c = ​m

.G ​
y​
x​2​a​2 ​​ ​ 2​b​2 ​
= 1 is ​
H​−​a​n
IJ ​
2​
l,​2​ K​13. The equation of a diameter of the hyperbola ​x​ a​ ​ y​​ bm ( a ​ +
2​ 2 ​
2​

b
2​
) a ​2 ​− ​b ​2 ​m ​2
or c​2 ​ m ​ a​
= ​ ( a ( ​2 ​ − ​2 ​m ​+
b​
2 ​b

2 2 ​)
2
)
, which

2​ = 1 is y = ​ b​ 2​ x.
2​ a ​ 2 ​ m​
14. The diameters y = m​1​x and y = m​2​x are conjugate if
b​2​
​ ​
m​1​m​2 = a​2
15. Asymptotes of a hyperbola :
* The equations of asymptotes of the hyperbola
y​
x​2​a​2 ​​ ​ b​b m​n is
​ condition of normality. (e) Points of contact : Co-ordinates of points of contact

are ​ .G ​H​±
a

,m​
2​ a ​2 ​− ​b ​2 ​m
2
2 ​−

2​ = 1 are y = ± ​b​ x.
2​ a​
Asymptote to a curve touches the curve at infinity.
* The asymptote of a hyperbola passes through the
centre of the hyperbola.

IJ ​
PAGE # 89 PAGE # 90 ​2 2 2 ​ K​.
8. The equation of director circle of hyperbola
y​ = 1 is x​2 ​ 2 ​ 2 ​ 2​
x​2​a​2 ​​ ​ b​2​2 ​ + y​ = a​ ​ b​ .
9. Equation of chord of contact of the tangents drawn from the external point (x​1​, y​1​) to the hyperbola is
given by ​xx​a
mb
abm
yy​
​ ​ ​ 1​b
2 1​

2 ​= 1.
x​ ​ ​y​ =1
10. The equation of chord of the hyperbola ​ 2​a​2 ​ b​2​2 ​
whose mid point is (x​1​, y​1​) is T = S​1​.
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
* The combined equation of the asymptotes of the
x​ ​ ​y​ = 1 is ​x2​ ​ ​ y ​ ​
hyperbola ​ 2​a​2 ​ 2​b​2 ​ a​2 ​ b​https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/
https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
2​ = 0.
2​

* The angle between the asymptotes of


y​ = 1 is 2 tan​​1 y​ or 2 sec​​1 ​
x​2​a​2 ​​ ​ b​2​2 ​ ​
b​2​2 ​ e.
* A hyperbola and its conjugate hyperbola have the
same asymptotes.
* The bisector of the angles between the asymptotes
are the coordinate axes.
* Equation of hyperbola ​ Equation of asymptotes = Equation of asymptotes ​ Equation of conjugate
hyperbola = constant.
16. Rectangular or Equilateral Hyperbola :
* A hyperbola for which a = b is said to be rectangular
hyperbola, its equation is x​2 ​​ y​2 ​= a​2
* xy = c​2 ​represents a rectangular hyperbola with
asymptotes x = 0, y = 0.
* Eccentricity of rectangular hyperbola is ​2 and
​ angle between asymptotes of rectangular hyperbola is
90o.
* Parametric equation of the hyperbola xy = c​2 ​are
c​ , where t is a parameter.
x = ct, y = ​ t ​
* Equation of chord joining t​1​, t​2 on
​ xy = c​2 ​is
x + y t​1​t​2 =
​ c(t​1 +
​ t​2​)
* Equation of tangent at (x​1​, y​1​) to xy
x​ y​
= c​2 ​is ​ x​1 +
​ ​ y​1 =
​ 2.
Equation of tangent at t is x + yt​2 ​= 2ct
* Equation of normal at (x​1​, y​1​) to xy = c​2 ​is
xx​1 ​​ yy​1 =
​ x​1​2 ​​ y​12

* Equation of normal at t on xy = c​2 ​is
xt​3 ​​ yt ​ ct​4 ​+ c = 0.
(This results shows that four normal can be drawn from a point to the hyperbola xy = c​2​)
* If a triangle is inscribed in a rectangular hyperbola
then its orthocentre lies on the hyperbola.
* Equation of chord of the hyperbola xy = c​2 ​whose
middle point is given is T = S​1

.G ​
* Point of intersection of tangents hyperbola xy = c​2 ​is ​ H​2 ​t ​ 112

2 ​at t​1 &


​ t​2 to
​ the ​ct t ​+ ​t
,

IJ ​
2​
c t ​1 ​+ ​t ​2 ​ K​ PAGE # 91 PAGE # 92 ​E D U C A T I O N S​
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
MEASURES O. CENTRAL TENDENCY
3. Geometric Mean : ​AND DISPERSION
(i) .or ungrouped data
G.M. = (x​1 ​x​2 ​x​3 ​.....x​n​)​1/n ​1. Arithmetic mean :

(i) .or ungrouped data (individual series) ​x =



1
or G.M. = antilog ​
n ​ x​
i1 ​ i

https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/

.G ​ ∑ ​
H​ n

IJ ​
log ​=​ K​x ​ + ​x ​ + ​......
1​ 2​

+​ = ​Σ​
x n​ ​n ( no . of terms) ​ n

i
=​1

x​
i​n
(ii) .or grouped data (continuous series)
(ii) .or grouped data
Σ​
G.M. = ​x ​1 f​ ​x ​2 f​ ​x ​nf​ ​n ​N ​(a) Direct method ​x =
​ ​ Σ​e​ 1 2​
.... ​ j​ 1

∑​ f​
, where N = ​ n​
i

i​=​1
n
ii
i
= antilog

.G​GGG H​ i ii ​=​1​fx​=​n ​1

f i​
, where x​i ,​ i = 1 .... n

∑​ n

log
f​
i1

∑​
n

f ​i ​be n frequencies
observations and f​i be
​ their corresponding

i1​x​ IJ​JJJ K​(b) short cut method :​x =​ A + Σ​​ fd​ ii

,
Σ​f​i ​
4. Harmonic Mean - Harmonic Mean is reciprocal of arith-
metic mean of reciprocals.

n​∑​
where for (i) .or ungrouped data H.M. = ​ n ​i​1​=​A = assumed mean, each term

1 x​​ i ​(ii) .or grouped data H.M. = d​i ​= x​i ​​ A = deviation


2. Properties of A.M.
(i) In a statistical data, the sum of the deviation of items
from A.M. is always zero. (ii) If each of the n given observation be doubled, then
their mean is doubled

(iii) If ​x is
​ the mean of x​1​, x​2​, ...... x​n​. The mean of ax​1​, ax​2 .....ax​
​ n is
​ a ​x where
​ a is any number different
from zero. (iv) Arithmetic mean is independent of origin i.e. it is x
effected by any change in origin.
=
=
∑​ n

f​i i​= ​ ∑​ n ​i​=​1

.​ G ​ IJ ​
i​ i ​ 1 ​
f​ x​ H​ K​5. Relation between A.M., G.M and H.M.
A.M. ​≥ ​G.M. ​≥ ​H.M. Equality holds only when all the observations in the series are same.
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 93 PAGE # 94 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
6. Median :
(ii) .or series in descending order
(a) Individual series (ungrouped data) : If data is raw, arrange in ascending or descending order and n be
the no. of observations.

Median = u - If n is odd, Median = Value of ​ .G ​H​n ​2 ​+ 1​


IJ​
K​ th ​observation

.G ​ IJ ​
1​ [Value of ​
If n is even, Median = ​ 2 ​ H​2n​ ​ K​th

+ value of

.G ​ IJ ​
H​2 n +​ ​1 ​ K​ th

] observation.

(b) Discrete series : .irst find cumulative frequencies of the variables arranged in ascending or descending

order and Median = ​ .G ​H​n ​2 +​ 1​


IJ​
K​ th observation,
​ where n is cumulative

frequency. (c) Continuous distribution (grouped data)


(i) .or series in ascending order
Median = ​l ​+
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
.G ​ IJ ​
H​N 2 −​ ​C ​ K​f
×i
where u = upper limit of median class.
7. Mode :
(i) .or individual series : In the case of individual series, the value which is repeated maximum number of
times is the mode of the series. (ii) .or discrete frequency distribution series : In the case of discrete
frequency distribution, mode is the value of the variate corresponding to the maximum frequency. (iii) .or
continuous frequency distribution : first find the model class i.e. the class which has maximum frequency.

.or continuous series Mode = ​l ​1 +


​ ​ ​ 2
LM N​
f​ f
f ​1 ​ 1​
− −​

​ ​
0 ​f 0
− f​

OP ​
2​ Q​× i
Where ​l ​1 =
​ Lower limit of the model class.

.G ​ IJ ​
H​N 2 −​ ​C ​ K​f
×i
f​1 ​= .requency of the model class.
class.
f​0 =​ .requency of the class preceding model
class.
f​2 = ​ .requency of the class succeeding model
Where ​l ​= Lower limit of the median class.
i = Size of the model class. f = .requency of the median class. N = Sum of all frequencies. i = The width of
the median class C = Cumulative frequency of the class preceding to median class.
8. Relation between Mean, Mode & Median :
(i) In symmetrical distribution : Mean = Mode = Median (ii) In Moderately symmetrical distribution : Mode =
3 Me-
dian ​ 2 Mean
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 95 PAGE # 96 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
Measure of Dispersion :
The degree to which numerical data tend to spread about an average value is called variation or
dispersion. Popular methods of measure of dispersion.
1. Mean deviation : The arithmetic average of deviations from the mean, median or mode is known as
mean deviation. (a) Individual series (ungrouped data)
Σ​| |x S
Mean deviation = ​
−​
n​ Where n = number of terms, S = deviation of variate from mean mode, median. (b) Continuous series
(grouped data).
Σ
Mean deviation = ​
Σ
f​i =
​ .requency of the corresponding x​i N
​ = ​Σ​f = Total frequency (ii) Short cut method
Σ ​fd​
σ ​= ​ N

.G ​
Σ​
2 ​−​ H​N
IJ ​
fd​ K​ 2

or ​σ ​= ​Σ ​d​
N
Σ

f|xf
− ​s
|​ −
| ​= Σ​
​ f​ x​
|​
s ​ N​Note : Mean deviation is the least when measured from the median.
2. Standard Deviation :
S.D. (​σ​) is the square root of the arithmetic mean of the squares of the deviations of the terms from their
A.M. (a) .or individual series (ungrouped data)
Σ​( )x ​− ​x
σ ​= ​
2​
N​where ​x =
​ Arithmetic mean of the series
N = Total frequency (b) .or continuous series (grouped data)
Σ​f ​ ( x ​ − ​x
(i) Direct method ​σ ​= ​ i ​ i ​
) ​2 ​
N

Where ​x =
​ Arithmetic mean of series
x​i ​= Mid value of the class
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
.G ​ IJ ​
2 ​−​ H​ K​ 2

Where d = x ​ A = Derivation from assumed mean A


f = .requency of item (term) N = ​Σ​f = Total frequency.
Variance ​ Square of standard direction i.e. variance = (S.D.)​2 ​= (​σ​)2​ ​Coefficient of variance = Coefficient of
S.D. × 100
σ​ × 100
=​ x​
PAGE # 97 PAGE # 98

d​N
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
MATRICES AND DETERMINANTS
4. Trace of a matrix : Sum of the elements in the principal
diagonal is called the trace of a matrix.
MATRICES :
trace (A ± B) = trace A ± trace B
1. Matrix - A system or set of elements arranged in a rectan-
trace kA = k trace A gular form of array is called a matrix.
trace A = trace A​T
2. Order of matrix : If a matrix A has m rows & n columns then
trace I​n =
​ n when I​n is ​ identity matrix. A is of order m × n.
trace O​n = ​ O O​ n​ is null matrix. The number of rows is written first and then number of col-
trace AB ​≠ ​trace A trace B. umns. Horizontal line is row & vertical line is column
3. Types of matrices : A matrix A = (a​ij​)​m×n
A matrix A said to be
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/ ​= (a​ij​)​mxn over
​ the
field of complex numbers is
5. Addition & subtraction of matrices : If A and B are two matrices each of order same, then A + B (or A ​
B) is defined and is obtained by adding (or subtracting) each element of B
Name Properties
from corresponding element of A
A row matrix if m = 1 A column matrix if n = 1
6. Multiplication of a matrix by a scalar :
A rectangular matrix if m ​≠ ​n
KA = K (a​ij​)​m×n = ​ (Ka)​m×n where
​ K is constant. A square matrix if m = n
Properties : A null or zero matrix if a​ij ​= 0 ​∀ ​i j. It is denoted by O.
(i) K(A + B) = KA + KB A diagonal matrix if m = n and a​ij = ​ 0 for i ​≠ ​j. A scalar matrix if m = n and a​ij =
​ 0 for i
≠ ​j
= k for i = j
(ii) (K​1 K​
​ 2​)A = K​1​(K​2 A)
​ = K​2​(K​1​A) (iii) (K​1 +​ K​2​)A = K​1​A + K​2​A
i.e. a​11 ​= a​22 ​....... = a​nn ​= k (cons.) Identity or unit matrix if m = n and a​ij ​= 0 for i ​≠ ​j
7. Multiplication of Matrices : Two matrices A & B can be
= 1 for i = j
multiplied only if the number of columns in A is same as the
Upper Triangular matrix if m = n and a​ij = ​ 0 for i > j
number of rows in B.
Lower Triangular matrix if m = n and a​ij =​ 0 for i < j
Properties : Symmetric matrix if m = n and or a​ij A=​ ​ = a​ji A
T​

for all i, j
(i) In general matrix multiplication is not commutative i.e.
AB ​≠ ​BA. Skew symmetric matrix if m = n and a​ij = ​ ​ a​ji ∀
​ ​i, j
or A​ = ​ A
T​

(ii) A(BC) = (AB)C [Associative law]


, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 99 PAGE # 100 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
(iii) A.(B + C) = AB + AC [Distributive law]
(iv) If AB = AC ​⇒​/ ​B = C
(v) If AB = 0, then it is not necessary A = 0 or B = 0
(vi) AI = A = IA
(vii) Matrix multiplication is commutative for +ve integral
i.e. A​m+1 ​= A​m ​A = AA​m
8. Transpose of a matrix :
A' or A​T ​is obtained by interchanging rows into columns or columns into rows
Properties :
(i) (A​T​)​T ​= A
(ii) (A ± B)​T ​= A​T ​± B​T
(iii) (AB)​T ​= B​T​A​T
(iv) (KA)​T ​= KA​T
(v) I​T ​= I
9. Some special cases of square matrices : A square matrix
is called
(i) Orthogonal matrix : if AA​T ​= I​n ​= A​T​A (ii) Idempotent matrix : if A​2 ​= A
(iii) Involutory matrix : if A​2 ​= I or A​​1 ​= A

(iv) Nilpotent matrix : if ​∃ p


​ ​∈ ​N such that A​ = 0
p​

​ ​a ​ji ​(vi) Skew - Hermitian matrix : if A = ​A​


(v) Hermitian matrix : if A​θ ​= A i.e. a​ij = θ

https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
DETERMINANT :
1. Minor & cofactor : If A = (a​ij​)​3×3​, then minor of a​11 is

a​ a
M​11 ​= ​ a 2​ 2 32 ​
23 ​ a
and so.
33 ​

cofactor of an element a​ij is ​ denoted by C​ij ​or .​ij and


​ is equal to (​1)​i+j ​M​ij
​ M​ij​, if i = j = ​M​ij​, if i ​≠ ​j Note : |A| = a​11​.​11 +
or C​ij = ​ a​12 .​​ 12 +
​ a​13 .​​ 13
and a​11 ​.​21 ​+ a​12 ​.​22 ​+ a​13 ​.​23 ​= 0 2. Determinant : if A is a square matrix then determinant of
matrix is denoted by det A or |A|.
expansion of determinant of order 3 × 3

a 1​ ​b 1​ ​c
1​ a ​2 ​b ​2 ​c
2 ​a ​3 ​b ​3 ​c
3
b ​2 ​b ​3 ​c
2 ​c

​b​
3​ 1

a ​2 ​a ​3 ​c
2 ​c

+ c​
3​ 1

a ​2 ​a ​3 ​b
2 ​b
3
or = ​a​2
= a​1
b 1​ ​b 3​ ​c
1 ​c

+ b​
3 ​a ​ 2

a c c ​1 3 1
​ c​
3​ 2

a a ​1 3 ​b b
1
3
Properties :
(i) |A​T​| = |A|
(ii) By interchanging two rows (or columns), value of de-
terminant differ by ​ve sign.
(iii) If two rows (or columns) are identical then |A| = 0
(iv) |KA| = K​n ​det A, A is matrix of order n × n
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 101 PAGE # 102 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
(v) If same multiple of elements of any row (or column) of
Properties :
a determinant are added to the corresponding elements
(i) A(adj A) = (adjA) A = |A|I​n of ​ any other row (or column), then the value of the
n​1 ​
(ii) |adj A| = |A|​ new determinant remain unchanged.
(iii) (adjAB) = (adjB) (adjA) (vi) Determinant of :
(iii) (adj A​T​) = (adjA)​T ​(a) A nilpotent matrix is 0.
(iv) adj(adjA) = |A|​n​2 ​(b) An orthogonal matrix is 1 or ​ 1
(v) (adj KA) = K​n​1​(adj A) (c) A unitary matrix is of modulus unity.
(d) A Hermitian matrix is purely real.
2. Inverse of a matrix : (e) An identity matrix is one i.e. |I​n​| = 1, where I​n ​is a
unit matrix of order n.
(i) A​​1 ​exists if A is non singular i.e. |A| ​≠ ​0
(f) A zero matrix is zero i.e. |0​n​| = 0, where 0​n is
​ a zero
matrix of order n
adjA​ , |A| ​≠ ​0
(ii) A​​1 ​= ​ A| | ​
(g) A diagonal matrix = product of its diagonal elements.
(h) Skew symmetric matrix of odd order is zero.
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
(iii) A​​1​A = I​n ​= A A​​1 ​(iv) (A​T​)​​1 ​= (A​​1​)​T
(v) (A​​1​)​​1 ​= A 3. Multiplication of two determinants :
Multiplication of two second order determinants is defined as follows.
1​
(vi) |A​​1​| = |A|​​1 ​= ​ | |A
a ​1 ​b
1 ​a ​2 ​b

× ​l​1 ​ m​1
2​ l​2 ​
m ​2​(vii) If A & B are invertible square matrices then
(AB)​​1 ​= B​​1 ​A​​1
3. Rank of a matrix :
A non zero matrix A is said to have rank r, if
(i) Every square sub matrix of order (r + 1) or more is
singular
(ii) There exists at least one square submatrix of order r
which is non singular.
=​ a​ b​
PAGE # 103 PAGE # 104 ​ a ​ 2 1 ​l l 1​ 1 ​+ + ​ b 1​ 2 ​l l

am ​ bm ​
22​ am ​1 2 ​ bm ​1 1 ​+ +
1222
If order is different then for their multiplication, express them firstly in the same order.
MATRICES AND DETERMINANTS :
1. Adjoint of a matrix :
adj A = (C​ij​)​T ​, where C​ij ​is cofactor of a​ij
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
4. Homogeneous & non homogeneous system of linear
equations : A system of equations Ax = B is called a homogeneous sys- tem if B = 0. If B ​≠ ​0, then it is
called non homogeneous system equations.
5. (a) Solution of non homogeneous system of linear
equations : (i) Cramer's rule : Determinant method
The non homogeneous system Ax = B, B ​≠ 0 ​ of n equations in n variables is - Consistent (with unique
solution) if |A| ​≠ ​0 and for each i = 1, 2, ........ n,
det ​
​ ​
x​i = det
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
(b) Solution of homogeneous system of linear equa-
tions :
The homogeneous system Ax = B, B = 0 of n equations in n variables is
(i) Consistent (with unique solution) if |A| ​≠ ​0 and
for each i = 1, 2, ......... n
x​i ​= 0 is called trivial solution. (ii) Consistent (with infinitely many solution),
if |A| = 0
(a) |A| = |A​i​| = 0 (for determinant method) (b) |A| = 0, (adj A) B = 0 (for matrix method)

A​i ​A​, where A​i ​is the matrix obtained


NOTE : A homogeneous system of equations is never inconsistent.
from A by replacing i​th ​column with B. Inconsistent (with no solution) if |A| = 0 and at least one of the det
(A​i​) is non zero. Consistent (With infinite many solution), if
|A| = 0 and all det (A​i​) are zero.
(ii) Matrix method :
The non homogeneous system Ax = B, B ​≠ 0 ​ of n equations in n variables is - Consistent (with unique
solution) if |A| ​≠ ​0 i.e. if A is non singular, x = A​​1 ​B.
Inconsistent (with no solution), if |A| = 0 and (adj A) B is a non null matrix. Consistent (with infinitely many
solutions), if |A| = 0 and (adj A) B is a null matrix.
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 105 PAGE # 106 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
.UNCTION
Properties :
1. Modulus function :
(i) log​a 1
​ = 0
|x| =

R|​ST| 0​ x​ ​− ​, ,​ ​x , x
​ ​<​0​0
x​x​= >
blog ​ =b
0 (ii) ​ = 1 (iii) ​a ​
​ log​a a a​

Properties :

if k > 0, k = ​b klog
​ b ​(i) |x| ​≠ ​± x
(iv) log​a b​
​ 1+ ​ log​a b​
​ 2+
​ ...... + log​a b​
​ n=
​ log​a (b​
​ 1 b​
​ 2 ........b​
​ n​) (ii) |xy| = |x||y|

x​ = ​| ​
(iii) ​ y ​ | ​(v) log​a
x| ​
y |​(iv) |x + y| ​≤ ​|x| + |y| (v) |x ​ y| ​≥ ​|x| ​ |y| or ​≤ ​|x| + |y| (vi) ||a| ​ |b|| ​≤ ​|a ​ b| for equality a.b ​≥ ​0. (vii) If a > 0
|x| = a ​⇒ ​x = ± a |x| = ​a ​⇒ ​no solution |x| > a ​⇒ ​x < ​ a or x > a |x| ​≤ ​a ​⇒ ​a ​≤ ​x ​≤ ​a |x| < ​a ​⇒ ​No solution.
|x| > ​a ​⇒ ​x ​∈ ​R
2. Logarithmic .unction :
​ = c ​⇒ ​b = a​ (iii) log​a b
​ to be defined a > 0, b > 0, b ​≠ ​1 (ii) log​a b
c​
(i) log​b a ​ > c

⇒ ​b > a​ , a > 1 or b < a​c​, 0 < a < 1 (iv) log​a ​b > log​a ​c
c​

⇒ ​b > c, if a > 1 or b < c, if 0 < a < 1

IJ ​
.G ​H​b​c​ K​= log​ b ​ log​ c a​ a​

(vi) Base change formulae


log ​c​
​ = ​
log​a b log​c
1
b​a or ​ = ​
​ log​a b
log​b a

n​ log​ b
(vii) ​log​a​m ​bn​ ​= ​ m ​ a ​
(viii) log​a

IJ ​
.G ​H​1​b​ K​= ​ log​ b = log​ a​ 1/a ​
b

(ix) log​1/a

IJ ​
.G ​H​b​c​ K​= log​ a

IJ ​
.G ​H​bc​​ K​(x) ​a ​ clog ​
b​
=​
​ b​ ​3. Greatest Integer function :
c alog

f(x) = [x], where [.]denotes greatest integer function equal or less than x.
i.e., defined as [4.2] = 4, [​4.2] = ​5
Period of [x] = 1
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 107 PAGE # 108 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
Properties :
6. Definition : (i) x ​ 1 < [x] ​≤ ​x
Let A and B be two given sets and if each element a ​∈ ​A is (ii) [x + I] = [x] + I
associated with a unique element b ​∈ ​B under a rule f, then [x + y] ​≠ ​[x] + [y]
this relation (mapping) is called a function. (iii) [x] + [​x] = 0, x ​∈ ​I
Graphically - no vertical line should intersect the graph of = ​1, x ​∉ ​I
the function more than once. (iv) [x] = I, where I is an integer x ​∈ ​[I, I + 1)
Here set A is called domain and set of all f images of the (v) [x] ​≥ ​I, x ​∈ ​[I, ​∞ ​)

elements of A is called range. (vi) [x] ​≤ ​I, x ​∈ ​(​∞ ,​ I + 1]

i.e., Domain = All possible values of x for which f(x) exists. (vii) [x] > I, [x] ​≥ ​I + 1, x ​∈ ​[I + 1, ​∞ )​
Range = .or all values of x, all possible values of f(x). (viii) [x] < I, [x] ​≤ ​I ​ 1, x ​∈ ​(​∞ ​, I)
4. .ractional part function :
f(x) = {x} = difference between number & its integral part
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
Table : Domain and Range of some standard functions - .unctions Domain Range
= x ​ [x].
Polynomial function R R
Properties :
Identity function x R R (i) {x}, x ​∈ ​[0, 1)
Constant function K R (K) (ii) {x + I} = {x}
{x + y} ​≠ ​{x} + {y} (iii) {x} + {​x} = 0, x ∈
​ ​I
1​ R​ R​
Reciprocal function ​ x ​ 0 ​ 0
= 1, x ​∉ ​I
x​2​, |x| (modulus function) R R​+​∪​{x}
(iv) [{x}] = 0, {{x}} = {x}, {[x]} = 0
x​3​, x|x| R R
5. Signum function :
f(x) = sgn (x) =

R|​|S​|​| T​− ​1 ​0 1,​​ ,,


| |x​ R {-1, 0, 1}
Signum function ​ x​
x ​∈​R
−​x +|x| R R​ ∪​{x}
+​

x​=​0
x -|x| R R​-​∪​{x}

x ​∈

R
+
[x] (greatest integer function) R 1 x - {x} R [0, 1]
| |x​ , x ​≠ ​0
or f(x) = ​ x ​
[0, ​ ) [0, ​ ]
x​ ∞​ ∞​
a​x ​(exponential function) R R​+ ​= 0, x = 0
log x (logarithmic function) R​+ ​R
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 109 PAGE # 110 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
Trigonometric Domain Range
7. Kinds of functions :
.unctions
sin x R [-1, 1]
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
(i) One-one (injection) function - f : A ​→ ​B is one-one if
f(a) = f(b) ​⇒ ​a = b

R​
or a ​≠ ​b cos x R [-1, 1] tan x R- ​ S​T ±​ ​2
±​
π ​, ​ 3​2 π

,... ​ U​VW
R
⇒ ​f(a) ​≠ ​f(b), a, b ​∈ ​A
Graphically-no horizontal line intersects with the graph of the function more than once.

R​
​ π​,...} R sec x R - ​
cot x R- {0,​± ​π​, ​±2​ S​T ±​ ​2
±​
π ​, ​ 3​2 π

,... ​ U​VW
R - (-1,1)
(ii) Onto function (surjection) - f : A ​→ ​B is onto if

R (f) = B i.e. if to each y ​∈ ​B ​∃ x​ ​∈ ​A s.t. f(x) = y (iii) Many one function : f : A ​→ ​B is a many one
function
if there exist x, y ​∈ ​A s.t. x ​≠ ​y

​ π​} R - (-1,1)
cosec x R- {0, ​± ​π​, ​±2​
but f(x) = f(y) Graphically - atleast one horizontal line intersects with the graph of the function more than
once. Inverse Domain Range
(iv) Into function : f is said to be into function if R(f) < B Trigo .unctions

LM ​
​ ​x (-1, 1] ​
(v) One-one-onto function (Bijective) - A function which sin -1
−​
N​2 π​ ​,
π
2​

OP ​
Q​is both one-one and onto is called bijective function.
8. Inverse function : f​​1 ​exists iff f is one-one & onto both cos​-1 ​x [-1,1] [0, ​π​]
.G ​
f​​1 ​: B ​→ ​A, f​​1​(b) = a ​⇒ ​f(a) = b tan​-1 ​x R ​
−​
H​2 π​ ​,
π
2​

IJ ​
K​9. Transformation of curves :
(i) Replacing x by (x ​ a) entire graph will be shifted parallel cot​-1 ​x R (0, ​π​)

R​
to x-axis with |a| units. sec​-1 ​x R -(-1,1) [0, ​π​]- ​ S​T 2​​ π​U​VW
If a is +ve it moves towards right.
a is ​ve it moves toward left.

LM ​
cosec​-1 ​x R - (-1,1) ​ N​−​2 π​ ​, ​2​π
OP ​
Q​- {0}
Similarly if y is replace by (y ​ a), the graph will be shifted parallel to y-axis, upward if a is +ve downward if
a is ​ve.
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 111 PAGE # 112 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
(ii) Replacing x by ​x, take reflection of entire curve is y-
axis.
Similarly if y is replaced by ​y then take reflection of entire curve in x-axis.
(iii) Replacing x by |x|, remove the portion of the curve corresponding to ​ve x (on left hand side of y-axis)
and take reflection of right hand side on LHS.
(iv) Replace f(x) by |f(x)|, if on L.H.S. y is present and mode is taken on R.H.S. then portion of the curve
below x-axis will be reflected above x-axis.
(v) Replace x by ax (a > 0), then divide all the value on x-
axis by a.
Similarly if y is replaced by ay (a > 0) then divide all the values of y-axis by a.
10. Even and odd function : A function is said to be
(i) Even function if f(​x) = f(x) and
(ii) Odd function if f(​x) = ​f(x).
11. Properties of even & odd function :
(a) The graph of an even function is always symmetric
about y-axis.
(b) The graph of an odd function is always symmetric
about origin.
(c) Product of two even or odd function is an even
function.
(d) Sum & difference of two even (odd) function is an
even (odd) function.
(e) Product of an even or odd function is an odd function.
(f) Sum of even and odd function is neither even nor
odd function.
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
(g) Zero function i.e. f(x) = 0 is the only function which
is even and odd both. (h) If f(x) is odd (even) function then f'(x) is even (odd)
function provided f(x) is differentiable on R. (i) A given function can be expressed as sum of even
& odd function.
1​ [f(x) + f(​x)] + ​1​ [f(x) ​ f(​x)]
i.e. f(x) = ​ 2 ​ 2​
= even function + odd function.
12. Increasing function : A function f(x) is an increasing function in the domain D if the value of the
function does not decrease by increasing the value of x.
13. Decreasing function : A function f(x) is a decreasing function in the domain D if the value of function
does not increase by increasing the value of x.
14. Periodic function: .unction f(x) will be periodic if a +ve real
number T exist such that

f(x + T) = f(x), ​∀ x​ ​∈ ​Domain. There may be infinitely many such T which satisfy the above equality.
Such a least +ve no. T is called period of f(x). (i) If a function f(x) has period T, then
Period of f(xn + a) = T/n and Period of (x/n + a) = nT (ii) If the period of f(x) is T​1 ​& g(x) has T​2 ​then the
period of f(x) ± g(x) will be L.C.M. of T​1 &
​ T​2 provided
​ it satisfies definition of periodic function. (iii) If period
of f(x) & g(x) are same T, then the period of
af(x) + bg(x) will also be T.
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 113 PAGE # 114 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
15. Composite function :
If f : X ​→ ​Y and g : Y ​→ ​Z are two function, then the composite function of f and g, gof : X ​→ ​Z will be

defined as gof(x) = g(f(x)), ​∀ x​ ​∈ ​X


In general gof ​≠ ​fog
If both f and g are bijective function, then so is gof.
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
.unction Period
sin x, cos x 2​π
sec x, cosec x
tan x, cot x ​π
sin (x/3) 6​π
tan 4x ​π​/4
cos 2​π​x 1
|cos x| ​π
.G ​
sin​4 ​x + cos​4 ​x ​π​/2 2 cos ​ H​x ​3 −​ π
IJ​
K​6​π
sin3 x + cos​3 ​x 2​π​/3
sin​3 ​x + cos​4 ​x 2​π
sin sin
x​x5 2π

tan​2 ​x ​ cot​2 ​x ​π
x ​ [x] 1
[x] 1
NON PERIODIC .UNCTIONS :
, x​
x ​ 2​, x​3​, 5
cos x​2
x + sin x
x cos x

cos ​x
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510 PAGE # 115 PAGE # 116
E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
LIMIT
5. Limit of the greatest integer function :
lim ​ f(x) = l (finite quantity)
Let c be any real number 1. Limit of a function : ​x ​ → ​a ​

lim ​ [x] = [c]


Case I : If c is not an integer, then ​x ​ → ​c ​

lim ​ f(x) exists iff l​ im


2. Existence of limit : ​x ​ → ​a ​

f(x) = ​lim
x ​→ ​a ​− ​

f(x) = l
x ​→ ​a ​+ ​

lim
Case II: If c is an integer, then ​x ​
[x] = c ​ 1, ​ lim
→ ​c −​ ​ x​

[x] = c
→ ​c +​ ​

lim ​ [x] = does not exist


and ​ x ​→ ​c ​

0​ , ​∞​ , ​∞ ​ ​∞ ​, ​∞ ​× 0, ∞
​ ​0 ​ ∞ ​ ∞
3. Indeterminate forms : ​ 0 ​ ∞ ​ , ​0​ , ​1​
6. Methods of evaluation of limits :
lim ​
(i) .actorisation method : If ​ x ​→ ​a ​4. Theorems on limits :
lim ​ (k f(x)) = k ​ lim ​ f(x), k is a constant.
(i) ​x ​ → ​a ​ x​ → ​a ​

lim ​ (f(x) ± g(x)) = ​lim ​ f(x) ± ​Lim ​ g(x)


(ii) ​ x ​→ ​a ​ x ​→ ​a ​ x ​→ ​a ​

lim ​ f(x).g(x) = ​ lim ​ f(x). ​Lim ​ g(x)


(iii) ​x ​ → ​a ​ x​ → ​a ​ x ​→ ​a ​

lim ​
(iv) ​x ​ →

a ​https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/

https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
(​
f​ x
)​ is of ​0​ form ​
g ( x) ​ 0​ then factorize num. & devo. separately and cancel the
0​ form. ​
common factor which is participating in making ​ 0 ​ (ii) Rationalization method : If we have fractional
powers on the expression in num, deno or in both, we rationalize the factor and simplify. (iii) When x ​→ ​∞
: Divide num. & deno. by the highest power of x present in the expression and then after removing
(​
f​ x
)​ =
g ( x) ​
lim f ( x
) lim ​x ​→​a
g(x
)
lim ​ g(x) ​≠ ​0 ​
, provided ​x ​ → ​a ​ x ​→ a

1​ , ​1​
the indeterminate form, replace ​ x ​ x 2​​ ,.. by 0.

.​ I​
(v) ​x ​
lim ​
→ ​a ​
f(g(x)) = f ​
H ​ lim ​ x​ → ​a​
g(x)​
K ,​ provided value of
lim ​x a ​
(iv) ​ x ​→ ​a ​xa
g(x) function f(x) is continuous.

.​ I​
(vi) ​x ​
lim ​
→ ​a ​
[f(x) + k] = ​ lim ​
x​ → ​a ​
f(x) + k ​
(vii) ​
lim ​
x ​→ ​a ​
log(f(x)) = log ​
H ​ lim ​
x​ → ​a​
f(x)​
K
lim ​ (f(x))​g(x) ​
(viii) ​x ​ → ​a ​ = ​lim ( )
n​1 ​
n​
−− n​ ​= na​ (v) By using standard results (limits) :
lim ​
(a) ​ x ​→ ​0

sinx
lim ​= 1 = ​ x​
x​ x ​→ ​0 ​ xsin

lim ​ tanx
(b) ​x ​ → ​0 ​
= 1 = ​ lim ​ x
x​ x​ → ​0 ​

xtan

L​
NM ​ x ​→ ​a

O​
fx​ QP
x​
lim ​→
a

lim ​ sinx = 0 ​ lim ​ cosx = ​ lim ​


(c) ​ x ​→ ​0 ​ (d) ​x ​ → ​0 ​ x​ → ​0 g ( x

)
1​ =1
cos x ​
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 117 PAGE # 118 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
lim ​ sinx​
(vi) By substitution : (e) ​ x ​→ ​0 ​ 0​ x

= ​180
π​(a) If x ​→ ​a, then we can substitute
x = a + t ​⇒ ​t = x ​ a
lim ​sin​−​1 ​
(f) ​ x
= 1 = ​lim ​
x ​→ ​0 ​ x​ x ​→ ​0

x xsin​−​1

If x ​→ ​a, t ​→ ​0. (b) When x ​→ ​ ​∞ ​substitute x = ​ t ⇒


​ ​t ​→ ​∞
lim ​ tan​−​1 ​
(g) ​ x ​→ ​0 ​ x
= 1 = ​lim ​
x​ x ​→ ​0

substitute t = ​1​ ⇒ ​t →
​ ​0​+ ​
(c) When x ​→ ​∞ ​ x​ (vii) By using some expansion :
x​ + ​x​ + .....
e​x ​= 1 + x + ​ 2​2! ​ 3​3! ​
x​ ​ ​x​ + .....
e​​x ​= 1 ​ x + ​ 2​2! ​ 3​3! ​
x​ + ​x​ ​ ......
log(1 + x) = x ​ ​ 2​2 ​ 3​3 ​
x​ ​ ​x​ ​.....
log(1 ​ x) = ​x ​ ​ 2​2 ​ 3​3 ​
( log ​ lim ​ a ​x ​
e​x ln a ​= a​x ​= 1 + xlog​e​a + ​ ! x tan​−​1 ​x ​(h) ​ x ​→ ​0 ​ x​−​1 ​= log​e​a
lim ​ )
(i) ​ x ​→ ​0 ​

x​
x​− ​1 ​= 1
lim ​
(j) ​ x ​→ ​0

log( )1​+ ​x
=1
x​
lim ​
(k) ​ x​→​0

1 ​+ ​
log ​a (​ ​ x
) x​= ​loga
1

lim ​ ( )1 ​+ ​x​− ​1 ​
(l) ​ x ​→ ​0 ​ x
n
=n
x ​e
+ ​( ​ log ​
a ​2 ​2 ​ x​ e

)
a​
3
3!
+ ......

lim ​
(m) ​ sinx​x ​→ ∞
lim ​
​ ​
x= x ​→ ∞

x​ + ​x​ ​.......
sinx = x ​ ​ 3​3! ​ 5​5! ​
x​ + ​x​ ​......
cosx = 1 ​ ​ 2​2! ​ 4​4! ​
x​ + ​ 2​x​
tanx = x + ​ 3​3 ​ 15 ​ 5 ​+ .....
n n( ​−​1 ​ )
(1 + x)​n ​= 1 + nx + ​ 2 !​cos x ​
x​2 ​
+ .....
7. Sandwich Theorem : In the neighbour hood of x = a
f(x) < g(x) < h(x)
lim ​ h(x) = l, then ​lim ​ g(x) = l.
lim ​x a​→ f(x)
​ =​ x a​→ ​ x a​→ ​

lim ​ g(x) < l.


⇒ ​l < ​ x a​→ ​

PAGE # 119 PAGE # 120 ​x


=0
lim ​
(n) ​ x ​→ ∞

1​ x​ = 1
sin ​ 1​ x ​

.G ​
(o) ​
lim ​
x​→​0 ​
(1 + x)​1/x ​
= e = ​x​→∞ ​
lim ​
H​1 +​ 1​ ​x
IJ​
K​ x

.G ​
(p) ​
lim ​
x ​→ ​0 ​
(1 + ax)​1/x ​
= e​a ​= ​
lim ​
x ​→ ∞ ​ H​1 ​+ ​a​x
IJ​
K​ x

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
DI..ERENTIATION
1. SOME STANDARD DI..ERENTIATION :
.unction Derivative .unction Derivative
A cons. (k) 0 x​n ​nx​n ​ 1
1
log​a ​x ​
log​ x ​1​
x log ​e a
​ ​ e​ x
x​ x​ x​ x
a​ a​ log​e a
​ e​ e​

sin x cos x cos x ​sin x


tan x sec​2 ​x cot x ​cosec​2 ​x
cosec x ​cosec x cot x sec x sec x tan x
1​ ,​1<x<1 cos​​1​
sin​​1 ​x ​1 ​− ​x 2​ ​ x​
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
2. .UNDAMENTAL RULES .OR DI..ERENTIATION :
d​ f(x) = 0 if and only if f(x) = constant
(i) ​ dx ​

d​
c ​cf x( ) h

​= c ​ d​f(x), where c is a constant.
(ii) ​ dx ​ dx ​

d​
c ​f ( x ) ​± ​g ( x ) h

​= ​ d​f(x) ​± ​d​ g(x)
(iii) ​ dx ​ dx ​ dx ​

d​ (uv) = u ​dv​ + v ​ du​, where u & v are functions


(iv) ​ dx ​ dx ​ dx ​
of x. (Product rule)
1
d​ (uvw) = vw ​ du​+ uw ​dv​ + uv ​dw​ . ​ ,​1<x<1
or ​ dx ​ dx ​ dx ​ dx ​ 1 ​− ​x 2​ ​
d​ f(x) = ​φ​(x), then ​d​ f (ax + b) ​ ​1 ​ 1​ ,|x|>1 cosec​​1 ​ 1​ ,​1|x|>|
(v) If ​ dx ​ dx ​ sec​ x ​| |x 1 ​ − ​x 2​ ​ x ​ ​| |x 1 ​ − ​x 2​ ​
= a ​φ​(ax + b)
1
tan​​1 ​x ​1 ​+ ​
, x ​∈ ​R cot​​1 ​ 1
x 2​ ​ x ​ ​1 ​+ ​
, x​∈​R
x 2​ ​
d​
(vi) ​ dx
x​ , x​≠ ​0
[x] 0, x ​∉ ​I |x| ​x| ​ |​
d​[x] does not exist at any integral Point.
NOTE : ​dx ​

IJ ​
.G ​H​u​v​ K​= ​v du​dx −​​ udv​dx
(quotient rule)
v​2 ​
(vii) If y = f(u), u = g(x) [chain rule or differential co-
efficient of a function of a function]
dy​ = ​dy​ × ​du​
then ​ dx ​ du ​ dx
llly If y = f(u), u = g(v), v = h(x), then
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 121 PAGE # 122 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
dy​ ×
​ ​
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/ ​dy​dx = du ​
du​× ​dv​
dv ​ dx
(xii) Differentiation of implicit function : If f (x, y) = 0, differentiate w.r.t. x and collect the terms containing
dy​ = nu​n​1 ​du​
i.e if y = u​n ​⇒ ​ dx ​ dx
dy​ .
​ one side and find ​
dy​dx at dx ​
OR
[The relation f(x, y) = 0 in which y is not expressible (viii) Differentiation of composite functions
explicitly in terms of x are called implicit functions]
Suppose a function is given in form of fog(x) or f[g(x)], then differentiate applying chain rule
d​ f[g(x)] = f'g(x) . g'(x)
(xiii) Differentiation of parametric functions : If x = f(t) i.e., ​ dx ​
and y = g(t), where t is a parameter, then
d​
(ix) ​ dx
IJ ​
​ ​
dy​dx = .G ​H​1​u​ K​= ​−​1​u
​ , u ​≠ ​0
dx du​
2​

gt​
dy​dtdx​= ​ f t
d​ |u| = ​u​
(x) ​ dx ​ u| |

dt '(
​ ) '( )

​ , u ​≠ ​0
dx du​
(xiv) Differentiation of a function w.r.t. another func- (xi) Logarithmic Differentiation : If a function is in the
f​ x​ f​ x
tion : Let y = f(x) and z = g(x), then differentiation ​ ( ​ ) ​ ( ​
)....
of y w.r.t. z is form (f(x))​g(x) ​or ​g ( x ) g ( x
We first take log on
).... ​
both sides and then differentiate.
(a) log​e (mn)
​ = log​e​m + log​e​n
dy ​ dx ​
​ ​ dz ​ dx
dy​dz =
(b) log​e
12
12
f​ x
​ ​ '( ​
/​/ =
) g '( x
)

​ logm ​ log​e​n
m​n =
(xv) Differentiation of inverse Trigonometric functions using Trigonometrical Transformation : To solve
(c) log​e ​(m)​n ​= nlog​e​m (d) log​n ​m log​m ​n = 1
the problems involving inverse trigonometric functions first try for a suitable substitution to simplify it and
x​ m​ log​ x (f) a​log​ x ​
(e) log​a​n ​ m ​= ​ n ​ a ​ a​ = x

then differentiate. If no such substitution is found then differentiate directly by using trigonometrical
log
(g) log​e e
​ = 1 (h) log​n m
​ =​
e​ m​
log​e​ formula frequently.
n
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 123 PAGE # 124 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
3. Important Trigonometrical .ormula :
2​
(i) sin2x = 2sinx. cosx = ​ tan
x​
1 ​+ ​tan​2
π​ ≤ ​x ​≤ ​π​
x ​(xvi) sin​​1 ​sin (x) = x, for ​ ​ 2 ​ 2
cos​​1 ​(cos x) = x, for 0 ​≤ ​x ​≤ ​π
1​
(ii) cos2x = ​ 1
π​ < x < ​π​
tan​​1 ​(tan x) = x, for ​ ​ 2 ​ 2
(xvii) sin​​1 ​(​x) = ​sin​​1 ​x, tan​​1 ​(​x) = ​ tan​​1 ​x,
cos​​1 ​(​x) = ​π ​ cos​​1 ​x

.G ​
(xviii) sin​​1 ​ H​1​x​https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/
https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/

IJ ​ .G ​ IJ ​
K​= cosec​ x, cos​
​1 ​ ​1 ​
H​1​x​ K​= sec​ x,​1 ​

.G ​ IJ ​ .G ​ IJ ​
tan​​1 ​ H​1​x​ K​= cot​ x, cot​
​1 ​ ​1 ​
H​1​x​ K​= tan​ x,
​1 ​

.G ​ IJ ​ .G ​ 1​ IJ ​ = sin​
sec​​1 ​ H​1​x​ K​= cos​ x, cosec​
​1 ​ ​1 ​
H​ x​ K​ x (xix) sin​ (cos ​θ ​) = sin​ −​tan ​ x​+ tan
​1 ​ ​1 ​

​1 ​
2​

​ 2 cos​ x ​ 1 = 1 ​ 2 sin​ x
2​ 2​
x=
2​
(viii) tan2x = ​ tan
x​
1 ​− ​tan​2 ​x ​(iii) sin3x = 3sinx ​ 4sin​3 ​x
(vi) cos3x = 4cos​3 ​x ​ 3cosx
3
(ix) tan3x = ​
tan x ​−
tan
3
x 1 ​−
3
tan
2
x
(x) sin​​1 ​x + cos​​1 ​x = ​π ​/2
(xi) sec​​1 ​x + cosec​​1 ​x = ​π ​/2
(xii) tan​​1 ​x + cot​​1 ​x = ​π ​/2
.G ​ .G ​ IJ ​ IJ ​ = ​π​ ​ ​θ
(xiii) tan​​1 ​x ​± ​tan​​1 ​y = tan​​1 ​ H​sin ​ H​2 π​ ​− θ ​ K​ K​ 2 ​
.G ​ .G ​ IJ ​ IJ ​ = ​π​ ​ ​θ ​
cos​​1 ​(sin ​θ ​) = cos​​1 ​ H​cos ​ H​2 π​ ​− θ ​ K​ K​ 2 ​ tan​ (cot ​θ ​) = tan​ .G ​H​1 x​ ​m
​1 ​ ​1 ​

IJ ​ .​ I​
± ​xy ​
y​
K​(xiv) sin​ x ​± ​sin​ y = sin​ H ​x 1 ​− ​y ​ ± ​y 1 ​− ​x ​ K
​1 ​ ​1 ​ ​1 ​ 2​ 2​

.​ I​
(xv) cos​​1 ​x ​± ​cos​​1 ​y = cos​​1 ​ H ​xy m 1 ​− ​x ​ 1 ​− ​y ​ K
2​ 2​

.G ​ .G ​ IJ ​ IJ ​ = ​π​ ​ ​θ
H​tan ​ H​2 π​ ​− θ ​ K​ K​ 2 ​
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 125 PAGE # 126 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
4. Some Useful Substitutions :
Part A
Expression Substitution .ormula Result
3x ​ 4x​3 ​x = sin​θ ​3sin​θ ​ 4sin​3 ​θ ​sin3​θ
4x​3 ​​ 3x x = cos​θ ​4cos​3 ​θ ​ 3cos​θ ​cos3​θ
3​1 3
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
Part B
Expression Substitution
a​2 ​+ x​2 ​x = a tan​θ ​or x = a cot​θ

a ​+​x a ​− x​
a​ x​
or ​ −​ a ​+ x​
x = a tan​θ

x ​−​x​3​− ​x ​2
3
x = tan​θ ​
tan ​θ −
tan
3
1 ​− ​3
tan
2
θ
θ
tan3​θ

a​2 ​​ x​2 ​x = a sin​θ ​or x = a cos​θ


a x a x ​2 1 2​
a​ x​
​ ​ −​ a ​+ x​
+​− or
x = a cos​θ
2​
x​+ ​x ​x = tan​θ ​ tan
θ​
1 ​+ ​tan​2
sin2​θ
θ​
x​2 ​​ a​2 ​x = a sec​θ ​or x=acosec​θ

2 x1 ​− ​x 2​
2​
x = tan​θ ​ tan
θ​
1 ​− ​tan​2
tan2​θ
θ​
a ​2 ​+​x
2

a ​2 ​− x​
2
a​ x
or ​ 2 ​−​
2

a ​2 ​+ x​
2
x​2 ​= a​2 ​cos​θ
1 ​ 2x​2 ​x = sin​θ ​1 ​ 2sin​2 ​θ ​cos2​θ
2x​2 ​​ 1 x = cos​θ ​2cos​2 ​θ ​ 1 cos2​θ
5. Successive differentiations or higher order derivatives :
1 ​ x​2 ​x = sin​θ ​1 ​ sin​2 ​θ ​cos​2 ​θ
dy​ = f'(x) is called the first deriva- ​
(a) If y = f(x) then ​ dx ​ x = cos​θ ​1 ​ cos​2 ​θ ​sin​2 θ​
tive of y w.r.t. x x​2 ​​ 1 x = sec​θ ​sec​2 ​θ ​ 1 tan​2 ​θ
x = cosec​θ ​cosec​2 ​θ ​ 1 cot​2 ​θ
d​
⇒​ 2
y​ = ​d​
dx​2 ​ dx
1 + x​2 ​x = tan​θ ​1 + tan​2 ​θ ​sec​2 ​θ
x = cot​θ ​1 + cot​2 ​θ ​cosec​2 ​θ

IJ ​ c f​ x'( ) ​h
.G ​H​dy​dx ​ K​= ​d​dx ​
is called the second derivative of y w.r.t. x
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 127 PAGE # 128 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
d ​3
llly ​

y​ = ​d​2​
c ​f x'( ) h

​etc......
dx​3 ​ dx​2 ​

.G ​ IJ​
(f) If y = sin (ax + b), then y​n ​= a​n ​sin ​ H​ax ​+ b​ ​+ n​ ​2 π​​ K​Thus, This process can be continued
and we can obtain derivatives of higher order

.G ​ IJ​
​ a​ cos ​
If y = cos (ax + b), then y​n = n​
H​ax ​+ b​ ​+ n​ ​2 π​​ K​Note : To obtain higher order derivative of
parametric functions we use chain rule
6. n​th ​Derivatives of Some .unctions :
i.e. if x = 2t, y = t​2
dy​ = t
⇒ ​ dx ​
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
d​ x
(i) ​ dx ​
d ​2
⇒​
y​ = ​d​
dx​2 ​ dx
n​n

e ​ j =​ n! n​

IJ ​
.G ​H​dy​dx ​ K​= ​dx d​​ (t) = 1. dx
​ dt​= ​1​
​ t

d​ x
(ii) ​ n​dx ​
(b) If y = (ax + b)​m ​m ​∉ ​I, then

.G ​ IJ​ .G ​ IJ ​
n​ c ​sin ​h ​= sin ​ H​x ​+ n​ ​2 π​​ K​(iii) d​​ dx​
n​
n​
(cos x) = cos ​
H​x ​+ π​​ 2 n​ ​ K​y​ = m(m​1) (m​2)
n​

..... (m​n+1) (ax + b)​m​n ​.a​n


(c) If m​∈​I, then
d​ (e​
(iv) ​dx​ n​n ​ mx ​) = m​n ​e​mx ​y​m = m​
​ m! a​ and y​m+1 =
​ 0
1
(d) If y = ​ax ​
, then y​ = ​ (​
+ ​b ​ n​ ( ax ​ −​1
)​ n
+ ​ b ​n ​) ​
!​
n​ +
1
a​n

d​ (log x) = (​ 1)​n​1 ​
(v) ​ n​dx​n ​ (n​1)! x​​n
NOTE : If u = g(x) is such that g'(x) = K (constant)
(​ )​
(e) If y = log (ax + b), then y​n ​= ​ − ​1 ​ 1n

(​
−​ n
− ​( ax ​+
b)
n
)!
1​
a​n

c ​gx( ) h ​= K​
d​
then ​ n​dx​n ​
f​ ​ n​
LM​M N​du d​​ n​n

f​ u
(​

)​ OP​P Q​ u ​=

gx
()
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 129 PAGE # 130 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
7. Differentiation of Infinite Series : method is illustrated
9. Differentiation of Determinant : with the help of example
if y = ​xx​​ x​− −∞ ​then function becomes y = x​y now

taking log on both sides
∆ ​=
i.e logy = y log x, differentiating both sides w.r.t. x
1​
we get ​ y
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/

R​RR​1​23 ​= |C​1 ​C​2 ​C​3​|


1​ + logx ​dy​
​ y​ x​
dy​dx = dx
∆​' =

R​RR​'​23 1​+

RR​R' ​1​32​+
R​RR
dy​ =
⇒​ dx ​

.G ​
1​' ​23​y​ H​1 ​y ​− ​x
IJ ​
log x ​
K​= ​y
2
x 1( ​−
y log x
) ​= |C'​1 C​
​ 2 C​
​ 3​| + |C​1 C'​
​ 2 C​
​ 3​| + |C​1 C​
​ 2 C'​
​ 3​|
8. L-hospital rule :
if as x ​→ ​a f(x) & g(x) either both ​→ ​0 or both ​→ ∞, ​then
lim ​x a​→
(​
f​ x
)​ = ​lim ​
g ( x) ​ x a​→

f '( x
) g '( x
)
(a) it can be applied only on 0/0 or ​∞​/​∞ ​form
(b) Numerator & denominator are differentiated separately
u​ formulae.
not ​ v ​
(c) If R.H.S. exist or d'not exist because value ​→ ∞, ​then
L.H rule can be applied.
But if value fluctuate on R.H.S. then L.H. rule can't be applied.
If it is applied continuously then at each step 0/0 or ​∞​/​∞ ​should be checked.
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
E D U C A T I O N S​

PAGE # 131 , 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510 PAGE # 132
E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
APPLICATION O. DERIVATIVES
7. Length of intercepts made on axes by the tangent :
TANGENT AND NORMAL :
1. Geometrically f'(a) represents the slope of the tangent to
the curve y = f(x) at the point (a, f(a))
x ​ intercept = x​1 ​​
2. If the tangent makes an angle ​ψ ​(say) with +ve x direction
then
f'(x) = ​https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/

IJ​
https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/ ​ .G ​H​dy​dx ​ K​ ( ​x 1​ ​, ​y 1​ ​) ​= tan ​ψ ​= slope of the tangent.

3. If the tangent is parallel to x-axis, ​ψ ​= 0


.G ​
R|​|S​|​| T​U​ H​dy​dx ​ |​|V​|​| W​y ​ intercept = y​ ​ x​
( , ​) ​ 1​ 1

IJ ​
K​y ​1

IJ​ IJ​
x ​1 ​y ​1 ​.G ​H​dy​dx ​ K​ ( ​x ​1 ​, y ​1 ​) ​.G ​H​dy​dx ​ K​ ( ​x 1​ ​, ​y 1​ ​) ​8. Length of perpendicular from origin to the

tangent :
= 0.
π​
4. If the tangent is perpendicular to x-axis, ​ψ ​= ​ 2
=

−​
y ​1 ​ x ​1

.G ​ IJ ​ .G ​ IJ ​
1​ H​dy​dx ​ K​+​ H​dy​dx ​ K​ 2

(x,y
)
(x,y
)

1
9. Slope of the normal = ​ ​
Slope of the tan gent ​= ​
11

IJ​
.G ​H​dy​dx ​ K​ ( ​x ​1 ​, ​y ​1 ​) ​→ ∞
11

5. If the tangent line makes equal angle with the axes, then

IJ​
.G ​H​dy​dx ​ K​ ( ​x ​1 ,​ ​y ​1 )​ ​= ± 1.

6. Equation of the tangent to the curve y = f(x) at a point


IJ​
(x​1​, y​1​) is y ​ y​1 ​= ​ .G ​H​dy​dx ​ K​ ( x​ ​1 ​, ​y ​1 ​) ​(x ​ x​1​)

IJ
.G ​H​dx​dy ​
K​ ( ​x ​1 ,​ ​y ​1 )​ ​10. If normal makes an angle of ​φ ​with +ve direction of x-axis,
dy​ = ​ cot ​φ ​.
then ​ dx ​
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 133 PAGE # 134 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/

IJ​
.G ​H​dy​dx ​ K​ ( ​x 1​ ​, ​y 1​ ​) ​17. Angle of intersection of the two curves : 11. If the normal is parallel to

x-axis ​⇒
= 0.
tan​θ ​= ± 12. If the normal is perpendicular to x-axis ​⇒
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/

.G ​H​−​dy​dx
.G ​ IJ ​
H​ K​dy​dx
IJ ​ .G ​ .G ​ IJ ​ IJ ​ .G ​ IJ​
−​
K​ H​ H​dy​dx ​ K​ K​where ​ H​dy​dx ​ K​ .G ​H​dy​dx is​ the slope 1​

of first

.G ​ IJ​ IJ
curve & ​ H​dy​dx ​ K​ ( ​x ​1 ,​ ​

K​ = ​ 2​ y ​1 )​ ​
of second. If both curves intersect orthogo-

.G ​
nally then ​ H​dy​dx ​0. 13. If normal is equally inclined from both the axes or cuts
.G ​ IJ ​
equal intercept then ​ H​dy​dx ​ K​= ± 1.
14. The equation of the normal to the curve y = f(x) at a point
(x​1​, y​1​) is

IJ​
K​ y ​ y​ = ​ 1​
1​ 1​

11
12
1
dy​1 ​dx
2

IJ
.G ​H​dy​dx ​
IJ​
K​ = ​1 ​.G ​H​dy​dx ​ K​
2​ ( x​ ​, ​y )​ ​
(x ​ x​ )
1​

18. Length of tangent, normal, subtangent & subnormal :


15. Length of intercept made on axes by the normal :
x ​ intercept = x​1 ​+ y​1
Length of tangent =
2

IJ​
.G ​H​dy​dx ​ K​ ( ​x ​1 ,​ ​y ​1

)​ y1

.G ​ IJ ​
+​ H​dy​dx ​ K​dy​dx
y ​ intercept = y​1 +
​ x​1

IJ​
.G ​H​dx​dy ​ K​ ( ​x ​1 ,​ ​y ​1

Length of normal = y ​1 ​16. Length of perpendicular from origin to normal :


)​

.G ​
+​ H​dy​dx
IJ ​
K​ 2

+​
x ​1 ​ 1y ​1

.G ​ .G ​ dy​ IJ ​ IJ​
+​ H​ H​ dx​dydx ​ K​ K​ (​ ,​
x 2​1 ​ y ​1
)

y
Length of sub-tangent = ​
dy dx/
dy​
Length of sub-normal = y ​ dx
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 135 PAGE # 136 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
MONOTONICITY, MAXIMA & MINIMA : 1. A function is said to be monotonic function in a domain if it is
either monotonic increasing or monotonic decreasing in that domain
2. At a point function f(x) is monotonic increasing if f'(a) > 0
At a point function f(x) is monotonic decreasing if f'(a) < 0
3. In an interval [a, b], a function f(x) is

Monotonic increasing if f'(x) ​≥ ​0 Monotonic decreasing if f'(x) ​≤ ​0 constant if f'(x) = 0 ​∀ x ​ ​(a, b) Strictly
​ ∈
increasing if f'(x) > 0 Strictly decreasing if f'(x) < 0
4. Maximum & Minimum Points :
Maxima : A function f(x) is said to be maximum at x = a, if there exists a very small +ve number h, such
that

f(x) < f(a), ​∀ x​ ​∈ ​(a ​ h, a + h), x ​≠ ​a. Minima : A function f(x) is said to be minimum at x = b, if there exists
a very small +ve number h, such that

f(x) > f(b), ​∀ x​ ​∈ ​(b ​ h, b + h), x ​≠ ​b. Remark : (a) The maximum & minimum points are also known as
extreme points. (b) A function may have more than one maximum &
minimum points.
5. Conditions for Maxima & Minima of a function :
(i) Necessary condition : A point x = a is an extreme point of a function f(x) if f'(a) = 0, provided f'(a) exists.
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
(ii) Sufficient condition :
(a) The value of the function f(x) at x = a is
maximum if f'(a) = 0 and f"(a) < 0. (b) The value of the function f(x) at x = a is
minimum if f'(a) = 0 and f"(a) > 0.
6. Working rule for finding local maxima & Local Minima : (i) .ind the differential coefficient of f(x) w.r.to x,
i.e.
f'(x) and equate it to zero. (ii) Solve the equation f'(x) = 0 and let its real roots
(critical points) be a, b, c ...... (iii) Now differentiate f'(x) w.r.to x and substitute the critical points in it and
get the sign of f"(x) for each critical point. (iv) If f"(a) < 0, then the value of f(x) is maximum at
x = 0 and if f"(a) > 0, then the value of f(x) is minimum at x = a. Similarly by getting the sign of f"(x) for
other critical points (b, c, ......) we can find the points of maxima and minima.
7. Absolute (Greatest and Least) values of a function in
a given interval : (i) A minimum value of a function f(x) in an interval [a, b] is not necessarily its greatest
value in that interval. Similarly a minimum value may not be the least value of the function. (ii) If a function
f(x) is defined in an interval [a, b], then greatest or least values of this function occurs either at x = a or x =
b or at those values of x for which f'(x) = 0. Thus greatest value of f(x) in interval [a, b]
= max [f(a), f(b), f(c), f(d)] Least value of f(x) in interval [a, b]
= min. [f(a), f(b), f(c), f(d)] Where x = c, x = d are those points for which f'(x) = 0.
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 137 PAGE # 138 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
8. Some Geometrical Results :
ROLLE'S THEOREM & LAGRANGES THEOREM:
In Usual Notations Results
3​(side)​2​
1. Rolle's Theorem : If f(x) is such that (a) It is continuous on [a, b] Area of equilateral ​4 ​ .
(b) It is differentiable on (a, b) and (c) f(a) = f(b), then there exists at least one point
and its perimeter 3 (side)
c ​∈ ​(a, b) such that f'(c) = 0.
Area of square (side)​2
2. Mean value theorem [Lagrange's theorem] :
Perimeter 4(side)
(i) If f(x) is such that
Area of rectangle l × b Perimeter 2(l × b)
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
(a) It is continuous on [a, b] (b) It is differentiable on (a, b), then
1​ (sum of parallel sides)
there exists at least one c ​∈ ​(a, b) such that Area of trapezium ​ 2 ​
fb fa b a ​× (distance between them) Area of circle ​π​r2​ ​Perimeter 2​π​r
4​π​r​3
Volume of sphere ​3 ​
Surface area of sphere ​4π​r2​
1​ π​r​
Volume of cone ​ 3 ​ 2​h
Surface area of cone ​π​rl Volume of cylinder ​π​r2​​ h Curved surface area 2​π​rh Total surface area 2​π​r(h + r)
Volume of cuboid l × b × h Surface area of cuboid 2(lb + bh + hl) Area of four walls 2(l × b) h Volume of
cube l​3 ​Surface area of cube 6l​2 ​Area of four walls of cube 4l​2
​ where 0 < ​θ ​< 1 and
​ f'(c) (ii) If for c in lagrange's theorem (a < c < b) we can say that c = a + ​θ h
( ) ​−​( ) ​− =
h = b ​ a the theorem can be written as f(a + h) = f(a) + h f'(a + ​θ​h), 0 < ​θ ​< 1, h = b ​ a
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 139 PAGE # 140 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/

.unction ​ z ​z ​z z z z ​z ​
cos cos cosec sec cot tanx secec x x tanx ​2 ​x ​
dx ​2 ​ dx dx ​
x​ xcot

dx ​ dx ​ dx ​ sin x + c
x ​ x dx ​ Integration ​
tan x + c
​ cot x + c

sec x + c

​cosec x + c

​log|cos x| + c = log|sec x| + c

.G ​ IJ​
log|sin x| + c = ​log|cosec x| + c ​
z​ sec x ​
dx log|sec x + tan x|+c = log tan ​
H​4 π+ ​ x​
​ 2​ K​+c ​z
z​
cos ec x ​
dx log|cosec x ​ cot x|+c = log tan ​ x​+c ​
2​ z​ dx​x1 ​− ​2 ​sin​ x + c = ​cos​ x + c ​
​1 ​ ​1​
dx

z​
2​
a ​ − ​x ​ 2 ​sin​​1 x​

a​
+ c = ​cos​​1x​

a​
+c​
z​ x1 ​dx​+ ​2 ​tan​ x + c = ​cot​ x + c ​
​1​ ​1​
a 2​ ​dx

1​ tan​ x​ + c = ​−​1​ cot​​1x​​ + c ​


+ ​x 2​ ​ a​ ​1 ​ a ​ a​ a​ z ​z ​ x| | x x | | ​1. (i) ​dx 2​ ​dx x 2​ ​INDE.INITE I​ f Here ​dx ​
d​
z
z ​c​ h​
.(x) ​
mr​dx =​ f(x), then ​ f​ x​ dx ​
INTEGRATION

= is the notation of integration, .(x) + c

f(x) is the

z
(ii) (iii) (iv) (v) ​1​− ​sec​​1​x + c = ​cosec​​1​x + c ​− ​a 2​ ​dx ​ z ​z z​ d​
integrand, ​( kfxdx f f dx'​ c ch ​

c​ h​ z​
xx​
f​
c ​ h ​ ± ​h ​ x​
gx ​
dx ​
ch ​ ==​ =​
) ​ dx ​c ​
f(x) k​
is ​
f(x)
= f(x) ​
zz ​
+ ​±​
ch ​
c, ​f ​dx ​ x c​ ​dx ​∈ ​1​ sec​​1x​​ + c = ​−​1​ cosec​​1​ R ​g ​
ch ​x
any ​ real ​ a​ a​ a​ no. (integrating ​

dx ​x​ + c
a​
PAGE # 141 PAGE # 142 ​constant)

2. .UNDAMENTAL .ORMULAE : .unction Integration ​ z​ x​


x n​ ​dx ​ n

n​+​
+

1​
​ c, n ​≠ ​1 ​
1+ z​c ​ ax ​+ ​b ​h ​ dx 1​​ a​. ​c ax
n​
​ n

b​
h ​ 1​ +​ 1

+ c, n ​≠ ​1

z​
z ​1​x​dx log|x| + c ​ z​ eax x​ ​
dx ​
1

dx ​1​ (log|ax + b|) + c


+ ​b ​ a​
e​x ​
+c

z​ ax​ ​
dx ​a

+​n ​+

x​ z​ sin ​
x dx ​
log ​e ​
+ c ​cos x + c

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
SOME RECOMMENDED SUBSTITUTION :
.unction Substitution
, ​1​
a 2​ ​− ​x 2​ ​ a 2​ ​− ​x 2​ ​, a​2 ​​ x​2 ​x = a sin ​θ ​or a cos ​θ
, ​1​
x 2​ ​+ ​a 2​ ​ x 2​ ​+ ​a 2​ ​, x​ + a​ x = a tan​θ ​or x = a sinh​θ
2​ 2​

, ​1​
x 2​ ​− ​a 2​ ​ x 2​ ​− ​a 2​ ​, x​2 ​​ a​2 ​x = a sec ​θ
or x = a cosh ​θ
, ​a ​+ ​
a ​+ ​x x ​ x​3. INTEGRATION BY SUBSTITUTION :

By suitable substitution, the variable x in ​ z ​c​ h​ f​ x​ dx ​


is changed

into another variable t so that the integrand f(x) is changed into .(t) which is some standard integral. Some
following suggestions will prove useful.

.unction Substitution Integration ​ z ​c​ f​ ax ​+ ​b ​


h​
dx ​
ax + b = t ​1​ .(ax + b) + c
a​

z ​ ch ​ f​ xf'​ ch ​x dx f(x)

=t​
chd ​f x i​​ 2

z
+​
2​ c​ z ​ chd ​ f​ φ ​x ​ich ​φ ​x dx φ​​ (x) = t ​

f​
c ​t h

​dt x ​
,

x​ c ​a ​+ ​x ​h​.

z​ ff​
'​
c​
c ​x x
h ​dx ​f(x) = t log|f(x)| + c
h​

z ​chd ​ fx​ i ​ f ' ​ch ​x dx ​f(x) = t f​ x​n


n​

x​c ​a 1
+ ​x ​h ​
x = a tan​ 2​
θ
a ​− ​x
, ​a ​− ​ x
x​ x​
,

x​c ​a ​− ​x ​h ​, ​x ​c ​a 1​
− ​x ​h ​
x = a sin​ 2​
θ

c (​ ) ​h ​ n ​+

1
xx
, ​x ​ − ​a
− ​a ​ x​
,
+
+ c, n ​≠ ​ 1
1​

z​ f '​c ​f ​c x​ x ​h ​h d​ x f(x) = t 2[f(x)]​1/2 ​


+c

x​c ​x ​− ​a ​h​, ​x ​c ​a 1​
− ​x ​h ​
x = a sec​ 2​
θ

a a ​−​+ x​ x
a​ x​
, ​ +​ a ​− x

x = a cos 2​θ
x ​β ​−
−α ​x

,​
c ​x ​− −α hc

​β ​x h

​,(​β ​> ​α)​ x = ​α ​cos​ 2​
θ ​+ ​β ​sin​2 ​θ

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


PAGE # 143 PAGE # 144 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
IMPORTANT RESULTS USING STANDARD SUBSTITUTIONS :

.unction Integration ​ z​ x 2​ ​https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/


1​log ​x ​ a ​
https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/ ​1 ​− ​a 2​ ​2a​ x​ a
INTEGRATION O. .UNCTIONS USING ABOVE STANDARD RESULTS :

−​+ +
​ c

.unction ​
z​ ax 2​ ​+ 1

​ ​or Method
bx ​+ ​c dx
Express : ax​2 ​+ bx + c =
−​1​ coth​​1x​​ + c when x > a
=​ a​ a​

1​ z​ a ​2 ​1
1​log ​a ​
− ​x 2​ ​dx ​2a​ a ​ax 2​ ​bx c
x​
x

z​ + + ​dx

LM​ .G ​
or ​a ​
M N​ H​x ​+ ​2 b​​ a
IJ ​
K​ + ​ac −​ ​b
2​

a ​2

2​
OP​
P Q​z ​
( ax 2​ ​+ ​bx ​+ ​c ) ​
dx then use appropriate formula ​
z​ +​
ax ​2 ​px ​+ ​bx ​ q

dx ​or Express : px + q
+ ​c ​
px q
ax bx c
4

+​− ​+ c
4
1​ tanh​​1x​ + c, when x < a ​
z​
= ​ a​ ​
a​ dx

log{|x + ​ |} + c
x 2​ ​− ​a 2​ ​ x 2​ ​− ​a 2​ ​

.G ​ IJ ​
= cosh​​1 ​ H​x​a​ K​+ c

z​
dx

log{|x + ​ |} + c
x 2​ ​+ ​a 2​ ​ x 2​ ​+ ​a 2​ ​

.G ​ IJ ​
= sinh​​1 ​ H​x​a​ K​+ c
.G ​ x​ IJ ​ + c
z​ a 2​ ​− ​x 2​ ​
dx ​1​ x ​a ​2 ​ x ​2 ​ 1​ a​2 ​ ​1 ​
2​ − ​ + ​ 2 ​ sin​ H​ a​ K​
z​ x 2​ ​− ​a 2​ ​
dx ​1​ x ​x ​2 ​ a ​2 ​ 1​ a​2 ​
2​ − ​ ​ ​ 2​ log {|x + ​x 2​ ​− ​a 2​ ​|} + c

z​ x 2​ ​+ ​a 2​ ​
dx ​1​ x ​ 2 ​ + ​1​ a​
2​ x ​ + ​a 2​ ​ 2​ 2 ​log {|x + ​x 2​ ​+ ​a 2​ ​|} + c

z​ 2+

+​
​ + ​dx ​or = ​λ ​dx ​
d​(ax​2 ​
+ bx + c) + ​μ ​z​ ( px ​+ ​q ) ( ax 2​ ​+ ​bx ​+ ​c ) ​dx evaluate ​λ ​& ​μ ​by equat

ing coefficient of x and constant, the integral reduces to known form

z ​P (​ ​x
)​ dx ​ R​
c ​x h


ax ​2 ​+ bx
​ ​+ c
​ ​ , Apply division rule and express it where P(x) is a in form Q(x) + ​ ax ​2 ​+ bx
​ ​+

c ​polynomial of degree The integral reduces to known 2 or more form


, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 145 PAGE # 146 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
z​ a sin 2​ ​x ​+ ​b 1

​ ​Divide numerator & denominator


cos 2​ ​x ​+ ​c dx
by cos​2 ​x,
or
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/

z​ x ​4 ​+ kx
​ x ​2

dx
2​
​ ​4 ​
+a

Divide numerator & denominator

by 2 and then add & sub. a​2​. Thus the form reduces as above. ​ z​ x 4​ ​+ ​kx dx
2​
+ ​a 2​ ​Divide num & deno. by 2a​2 ​and then add & sub x​2​. Thus the form reduces to the known form.
4. INTEGRATION BY PARTS :
when integrand involves more than one type of functions the formula of integration by parts is used to

z​
integrate the product of the functions i.e. (i) ​ z​ u dx.​υ ​
= u. ​ υ ​dx ​ ​
or ​z ​c ​1 st fun . ​h ​. ​c ​2

nd ​z​c ​ a sin
​ ​x +
​ ​1

b cos
​ ​x

h ​ dx
2​

then put tanx = t & solve. ​ z​ a sin x ​+ ​dx


​ ​
zz LM .​ dx I​​ OP ​ dx
b cos x ​+ ​c ​
dx ​Replace sin x = ​ υ​
1​ N​dx du​
​ H​ K​ Q​

z ​LM ​ .G ​ IJ ​ e z
​ ​
fun . ​ h ​dx ​= (1st fun) ​z ​
2nd fun dx. ​
​​
N​ H​dx ​ d1 st fun 2. ​
K​ nd fun .

j OP ​
dx ​
Q​dx ​(ii) Rule to choose the first function : first fun. should be choosen in the following order
of preference (ILATE). [The fun. on the left is normally chosen as first function]
I ​ Inverse trigonometric function
L ​ Logarithmic function
A ​ Algebraic function
T ​ Trigonometric function
E ​ Exponential function
2​
PAGE # 147 PAGE # 148 ​
+ tan
​ tan x​2

x /​
2​
/
2 ​,
1​
cos x = ​ −​tan ​2​x/
2​
1 ​+
tan ​2

x
/
2

z​
sin ​ cos ​
then put tan x/2 = t and replace 1 + tan​2 ​x/2 = sec​2 ​x/2 ​ ac​ sin x x ​+​+ b
​ d​ cos

dx ​
xx​ Express : num. = ​λ​(deno.) +

μ ​dx ​
d​(deno.) Evaluate ​λ ​& ​μ​. Thus ​
integral reduces to known form. ​ z​ ap​
sin ​
sin x x ​+ + ​b ​
cos ​
q cos

x x ​+
dx ​
c ​+ ​r ​ Express : Num. = ​λ​(deno.) +
μ ​dx ​
d​(deno.) + ​ν ​Evaluate ​λ​, ​μ​, ​ν​. ​
Thus integral reduces to known form. ​ z​ x ​4 x​ ​+ ​2 ​kx ​±

2 ​a
2
+ ​a ​4
dx

Divide numerator & denominator

.G ​ IJ
by x​2 ​and put ​ H​x ​± ​a​x ​ 2​

K​= t, the
integral becomes one of standard forms.
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/

(iii) (a) (b) ​ zz​ ​ x ​fx ​


e e mx ch ​+ ​f '​ ​ch ​x dx =​ ​mf ​ch ​x ​+ ​f '​ ​ch ​x dx
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/
e​x ​ = e​mx ​
https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/ ​ f(x) + ​ f(x) c
+c

(c) ​ z​ e ​mx ​
LM​
M N​f ​c x​ ​h +​ f​ '
c ​x​h OP​
m​ P Q​dx ​= e​ ​ f ​c ​x
mx ​

h ​m​+ c.

(iv) ​ z​ xf '​ch ​x ​+ ​f ​ch ​x dx ​= x f(x) + c.


NOTE : Breaking (iii) & (iv) integral into two integrals. Integrate one integral by parts and keeping other
integral as it is by doing so we get the result (integral).

(v) ​ z​ ​ ​sin bx dx ​
e ax
and ​
z​ e ​ax ​
sin ​
c ​bx ​ c h
+​

dx ​ e
= ​a ​
b
5. INTEGRATION O. RATIONAL ALGEBRAIC .UNCTIONS

c​
USING PARTIAL .RACTION : Every Rational fun. may be represented in the form ​Q ​
P​
c x​
h​
x​ h ,​ ​where P(x), Q(x) are polynomials. If degree of numerator is less than that of denominator, the
rational fun. is said to be proper other wise it is improper. If deg (num.) ​≥ ​deg(deno.) apply division rule

c​
i.e. ​g ​
f​
c x​
h​ c​
x​ h =​ q(x) + ​g r​ ​ c x​
h​ c​
x​ h ,​ for integrating ​g r​ ​ c ​x
h​
x​ h ,​ resolve the
fraction into partial factors. The following table illustrate the method.

Types of proper Types of partial rational functions fractions ​ c ​x ​− ​px a ​hc ​+


xq
− ​b

h ,​ a ​≠ ​b ​A
+ ​B ​
x ​− ​a ​ x ​− ​b ​ax

c ​x ​− ​px a ​hc ​ x ​+ −​ ​qx b ​hc ​+


2​

xr
− ​c

h ,​ ​A
+ ​B
x ​− ​a ​
+ ​C ​
x ​− ​b ​ x ​− ​c ​2 ​+ 2​ ​(a sin bx ​ b cos bx) + k and
a, b, c are distinct
px qx r
e
xaxb
ab
2
ax 2 ​
+ 2​ ​[a sin (bx + c) ​ b cos(bx + c)] + k​1

c ​− +​ ​h ​ c +​ 2​

− ​h ​
, a ​≠ ​b ​A

x ​− ​a ​ c x
+​
​ ​− B​

a​h​ + ​C ​x ​− ​b ​px qx r (​ vi) ​z


2​
​ ​ ​cos bx dx ​
e ax
and ​
z​ e ​ax ​
cos ​ ​ ​+ c​ ​h
c bx
dx ​
x a x bx c
e
= ​a ​
a bx b bx
b​

c ​− ​he ​ 2

+​ +
2​+ ​

+​ j ,​ where ​A
+ ​Bx ​
x ​− ​a ​ +
C​
x 2​
+ ​bx ​+ ​c
x​2 ​+ bx + c can not be factorised

ax 2 ​
+ 2​ ​ c ​cos ​+ ​sin ​h ​+ k
px qx rx s x ax b x cx d
e
and ​a ​
a bx c b bx c
b​

3​e ​ + + + ​je ​
2​ 2

+ ​2
++

+​ j,​ ​Ax ​+
B​
x 2​ ​+ ​ax ​+ ​b
+ ​Cx ​
+
D​
x 2​
+ ​cx ​+ ​d
+ 2​ ​cos ​
ax 2 ​ +​ + ​sin ​c​ h​
+​ + k​1​. c​ h​
where x​2 ​+ ax + b, x​2 ​+ cx + d can not be factorised
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 149 PAGE # 150 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/

z​ dx
(viii) To evaluate ​ quad . ​

or ​
z​ linear
quad ​ quad ​

dx
. quad ​

.G ​
and if the quadratic not under the square root can be resolved ​1 quadratic ​
or ​
into ​ H​quadratic
IJ ​
linear ​
real linear ​ K​6. INTEGRATION O. IRRATIONAL ALGEBRAIC .UNCTIONS :
(i) If integrand is a function of x & (ax + b)​1/n ​then put
(ax + b) = t​n
(ii) If integrand is a function of x, (ax + b)​1/n ​and
factors, then resolve (ax + b)​1/m ​then put (ax + b) = t​p
where p = (L.C.M. of m & n).
into partial fractions and

z​ dx
(iii) To evaluate ​ linear ​

put ​ =t
linear ​ linear ​
split the integral into two, each of which is of the

z​ dx
form : (iv) To evaluate ​ quad . ​

put linear = t​2


linear ​
z

dx ​
z​
linear ​ quad. ​7. INTEGRATION USING TRIGONOMETRICAL IDENTITIES : (v) To evaluate ​ linear

. ​(A) To evaluate trigonometric functions transform the function into standard integrals using trigonometric
identities as
1 ​ dx ​ put linear = 1/t
(i) sin​2 ​mx = ​ 2 ​ quadratic ​
or

c ​linear ​h​ . dx 2​

2
quadratic ​
− ​cos mx
1​
(ii) cos​2 ​mx = ​ 2
2

or

z
+ ​cos mx ​

c ​linear ​h​ x . dx
2​

mx​ cos ​mx​


quadratic ​(iii) sin mx = 2sin ​ 2​ 2

z​ dx
(vi) To evaluate ​ pure quad . ​

put
pure quad ​
3​
(iv) sin​3 ​mx = ​ 4
3

pure quad ​= t
z​ dx
(vii) To evaluate ​ pure quad . ​

put x = ​1​ and


pure quad ​ t​
then is the resulting integral, put ​pure quad ​= u
3​ 3​
sin mx ​− ​sin mx ​(v) cos​3 ​mx = ​ cos mx ​+ ​cos ​ mx 4
(vi) tan​2 ​mx = sec​2 ​mx ​ 1 (vii) cot​2 ​mx = cosec​2 ​mx ​ 1 (viii) 2 cos A cos B = cos (A + B) + cos (A ​ B) (ix) 2 sin
A cos B = sin (A + B) + sin (A ​ B) (x) 2 sin A sin B = cos (A ​ B) ​ cos (A + B)
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 151 PAGE # 152 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK

​ m ​x xdx ​
(B) ​sin cos m z​ .

(i) if m is odd put cos x = t (ii) if m is even put sin x = t (iii) if m & n both odd put sin x or cos x as t (iv) if m
& n both even use the formula of sin​2​x & cos​2​x
m n ​+ − ​2
(v) if m & n rational no. & ​
is ​ve integer ​
2​ put tan x = t
8. INTEGRATION BY SUCCESSIVE REDUCTION (REDUCTION
.ORMULA) :

.unction Integration ​x e dx n​ ax ​ z​ , n ​∈ ​N ​1​ x​n ​ ax ​ n​ I​


a ​ e​ ​ ​ a ​ n​1

where I​n​1 ​= ​x e dx n​ ax ​− ​ z​ 1​
x x dx n​ ​sin ​z​ ​x​n ​
cos x + nx​n​1​sin x ​ n(n ​ 1) I​n​2 ​sin​n ​x dx ​z​ ​ ​sin cos ​n ​
x

sec​n ​x dx ​ z​ sec tan ​n ​


xx

n​− ​−​2
+ ​n​
1​ n

−​−
−​1

+​
n​− ​1 ​
n​I​n​2 ​z​ cos​n ​x dx ​
cos ​n ​
−​1 ​n
sin ​
x​ x

n​ − ​1 ​
+ ​ n​ I​n​2 ​ z​ tan​n ​x dx ​
c​
tanx

h​ n ​− ​n

1 ​1
​ I​
​ n​2 ​z​ cot​n ​x dx ​
​​
c​
cot ​
n

x
−​

h 1​ ​ n ​−

1
​ I​
n​2

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/

2​1 I​​ n​2 ​ z​ cosec n​ ​x dx ​


​ ​cos ec ​
n​n​−​−​2​1 ​
x cot x

+ ​n​
n

2​1 I​​ n​2 ​ z


​ ​x cos n​ ​x dx cos ​n ​x sin ​m ​m x n
sin m

−​−

− ​1 ​+ ​1 ​
c +​
+​
h
c ​n ​−
1​h ​I ​ m , n ​− ​2 ​s
​ in​ x cos​n+1​x + (m ​ 1) I​m​2,n
m​1​

NOTE : These formulae are specifically useful when m & n are both even nos.
PAGE # 153 PAGE # 154
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
DE.INITE INTEGRATION

II. ​ z​ b​
f​ c ​x ​h ​dx

=​​
z
a ​f
c x​ ​h dx


1. Definite Integration :

ab​If z ​c​ h​
​ f​ x​ dx ​
= .(x) + c, then

III. ​ z ​ c​ h​ b​
f​ x​ dx

=​
z​ c f​
c x​ ​h dx


+​
z​ b ​f
c x​ ​h dx

where a < c < b ​


a​a​c​z​ b​
f​ c ​x ​h ​dx
= ​.x ​
c h ​+ c​ ​ b​
a​= .(b) ​ .(a) is called definite integral
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/
This property is mainly used for modulus function, greatest integer function & breakable function ​a​of f(x)
w.r.t. x from x = a to x = b Here a is called lower limit and b is called upper limit.

IV. ​ z​ a​
f​c ​x ​h ​dx
=​
z​ a

f​
c ​a ​ b​ x​
h ​dx
+​ −​

or f​ x dx

z​ a

c​ h
−​

bb0 ​Remarks : * To evaluate definite integral of f(x). .irst obtain the indefinite integral of f(x) and then apply
the upper

z​
V. ​ a​
f​c ​x ​h
dx
= ​f x f x ​
and lower limit. ​−​a​* .or integration by parts in definite integral we use

following rule. b​​ z​ uv dx ​


=​
a​{ ​u ​z ​
v ​ dx ​
.​ }​ b ​ ​ ​b
a​

z​
zz​ a​ a​
ch

z​
= ​f a x dx ​
0​ a​
ch +​ ​c −​ h
​ ​
dx ​ 0

.G ​ IJ
H​ du​ v ​ dx ​
dx . ​ . ​

K​dx ​= * When we use method of substitution. We note that


while changing the independent variable in a definite integral, the limits of integration must also we
changed accordingly.

PROPERTIES O. DE.INITE INTEGRAL : I. ​ z​ b​


f​ c ​x ​h ​dx

=​
z
b ​f
c t​ ​h dt​

aa​PAGE # 155 PAGE # 156

R|​ | ​ 2
S​ T​

0​ z​ a​
f​
ch 0​
x dx ​ if f ​ x is an even function
,​
ch​
,

if f ​
c x​ ​h is​ an odd function

VI. 2​​ z​ a ​f
c x​ ​h

z​
dx ​R​ a​
ch ​ ||​S​|​|
=​
0​

2​ 2
T​ f x dx 0 ,if f ​
c​
−​ =
a​ x​
h​
f​
ch x​
,

c ​2
if f ​

a ​− ​x ​h ​= −

f ​c x​ ​h V ​ II. If f(x) is a periodic function with period T, Then


f x dx
0

z​
nT ​
ch

=n​
z
f​ x​
T​
c​ h
dx

00​and further if a ​∈ ​R+​​ , then


, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/

z​
+​
z​ =​ a ​f
c x​ ​h

z​
,​ f​ x​ dx
dx ​ 0nT ​
c​ h​
z​
= (n ​ m) ​ T ​f
c x​ ​h

dx
,

mT 0​f x dx
a nT

https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/ ​a nT​f ​


c x​ ​h
dx
nT
(ii) If the function ​φ​(x) and ​ψ​(x) are defined on [a, b] and differentiable at a point x ​∈ ​(a, b), and f(x, t) is

LM​
continuous, then, ​d​dx ​ M N​ψ​ x​
φ​( ( x​ ) f​ (x,t)

dt ​z ​ OP​P Q​ z ​ c h
)​
=​
b​
+​
nT​

=​
z
b ​f
c x​ ​h dx


ψ​
z​ (​
x f​ ​
)

x​ t​
(​ ,​ )
dt
φ​( x)

R​
+​
S​T d​ ​ψ​( ​dx​x
)​
U​VW​f(x,
+​a​VIII. If m and M are the smallest and greatest values of
R​
ψ​(x)) ​ ​ S​T d​ ​φ​( ​dx​x
)​
U​VW f(x,
​ ​φ​(x)).

a function f(x) on an interval [a, b], then m(b ​ a) < ​ z​ b​


f​ c ​x ​h ​dx
< M(b ​ a)

3. Reduction .ormulae :
a​(i) ​cos

IX. ​z​ b​
f​c ​x ​h ​dx

<​
z
b ​| f​
c x​ ​h dx
​ |​
aa​X. If f(x) < g(x) on [a, b], then ​z​ b

f​ ch ​x dx ≤​

z​ b​
gx ​ ch ​dx ​ aa​2. Differentiation Under Integral Sign :

Leibnitz's Rule :
(i) If f(x) is continuous and u(x), v(x) are differentiable
d​ f t ​
functions in the interval [a, b], then, ​ dx ​ u x
dt

π​
z​ /2

/2 ​=
π​
​ z
sin

n​
x dx
a 0​= ​x dx

R|​S​|​| T​n​− ​1 nn​n ​− ​n


1 . . n​n if​ n is odd
π​
​ −− − 3​
n −​ ​ 2 3​
​ 2 ......
​ ​ 3 .​ . 1 ​2 ​ ,
..... 1​2 2​
, if n is even

(ii) .or integration π​​ z​ /2

sin ​m ​x cos

n​
x dx
follow the following

0​steps (a) If m is odd put cos x = t ​v ( ​


z​ x

)​( )
=
()
(b) If n is odd put sin x = t (c) If m and n are even use sin​2​x = 1​ cos​2​x
or cos​2​x = 1 ​ sin​2​x and then use
d​{v(x)} ​ f{u(x)} ​ d​{u(x)}.
f{v(x)} ​dx ​ dx ​

π​
z​ /2

sin

n​
x dx

or ​π​
z​ /2

cos

n​
x dx
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
00​PAGE # 157 PAGE # 158 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK
https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/

(iii) ​
z​ ∞​e

ax ​
cos bx ​dx = ​0
a​
a 2​ ​+ ​b 2​ ​https://www.facebook.com/groups/M.Sc.EntrancePreparation/ https://www.facebook.com/groups/NEA.PSC/ ​4. (iv)

z​ ∞​e

ax ​
sin
bx dx ​Summation of series by Definite integral or limit as a
sum :
0
b​
= ​ a 2​ ​+

b 2​ ​(i) ​ z​ b​
f​c ​x ​h ​dx

z​
=​ lim ​h[f(a) + f(a + h) + f(a + 2h) +..... ​ −
h​→​0 ​ a​+f(a + (n ​ 1)h] (v) ​ ∞​e ​

ax ​
x n​ ​dx ​0
n​
where nh = b ​ a. = ​ !a​n

+ ​1
lim ​
(ii) ​ n​→∞

sin cos
(vi) ​

1​
n ​ f r​
r​1 ​ n π​​ z​ /2
∑​ IJ
n​ m​
x ​ x dx ​ 0​
.​G ​H​
n ​=​

K​= ​ z
c​ ​x h ​dx ​ ∑ ​1​ .G ​ IJ ​
1​f ​
0​[i.e. exp. the given series in the form ​ n​
f​
H​nr​​ K​= ​LM​MMMMMM

N​m​−​m​m ​+ ​n m n n n m​​ −
+ − + + −​1 . 3
2
.... 3
2
.1
x and ​1​ by dx and the limit of the
O​replace r​​ n by
​ n​

m ​+

sum is ​ z ​ c​ h 1​
f​ x​

]
dx ​
0​5. Key Results :
* ​logsin ​1
1 . ​m m​
​ + ​n −

3 ​− ​2
.... ​+

n
.n

n ​− ​. n​n ​m​m ​−​−

.... ; ; if if m m is is ​−​+ ​n
.1
π
1 32 ​2 ....
​ . . .... . ​
; odd enen and and n n may is odd

be even or odd ​P​PPPPPP Q​These formulae can be expressed as a single formula :


sin cos
2​3 1
​ m​−
31n ​− ​1 n​−​31​m +
​ ​n −
​ ​2

2
+

n
n
n ​−

22
if m is even and n is even

π​
z​ /2

m​
x n​ ​x dx
[( ) ( )....] [( ) ( ) .....]
0​= ​

( ) ( ) ....
/2
m ​− ​1 m ​− ​3 n ​− ​1 n

3

π​
z​ x dx

=​
/2

logcos ​
0​
π​
z​ 0​x dx

= ​−π​ 2log
2​
m ​− ​n m ​+ ​n

2
π​ when m and n are both even
to be multiplied by ​ 2 ​
*
integers.

π​
z​ 0​/2 ​f
​ f x ​c h sin
c sin

​ ​+ f​ x

​ ​h ​ x ​h dx
c cos ​ = /2 ​
π​
z​ c ​ 0​f ​ sin f x ​

c h cos

+ f​ ​ c x​
cos ​
h x​


h dx
, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510
PAGE # 159 PAGE # 160 ​ E D U C A T I O N S​

, 608-A, TALWANDI KOTA (RAJ.) Ph. 0744 - 6450883, 2405510


E D U C A T I O N S​

MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK


MATHS FORMULA - POCKET BOOK

You might also like